GSFE 2017-2018 Product Catalogue

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 202

COMPRESSED AIR

AND GAS TREATMENT


2018 Catalogue
CONTENTS
CONTENTS

Filtration and Separation 07 Compressed Air Drains

Ecodrain ED3000 Series 45


Compressed Air and Gas – Water Separators
ED4100 Series 47
OIL-X Grade 11
CDV Series 48
Hypersep STH and SFH Series 14
Traptronic Series 49

Compressed Air Filtration HDF Series 51

Compressed Air Filters


Oil/Water Separators
OIL-X 19
ES2000 Series 55
OIL-X Carbon Steel 22
Maintenance Kits 57
Hyperfilter 24
Compressed Air Exhaust Silencers
OIL-X IP50 27
Mist-X 61
GH Series High Pressure (up to 100 bar g) 29
FS Series 63
GH Series High Pressure (up to 350 bar g) 31

OIL-X Oil Vapour Removal 33 CO2 Incident Protection


Compressed Air Filter Accessories PCO2 67
All Accessories 37 PCO2 Maintenance Kits 69
Compressed Air Filter Elements
Gas Generators – Industrial
OIL-X EVOLUTION 39
NITROSource 73
OIL-X Plus Advantage 39
MIDIGAS 76
GL 39
SmartFluxx 79
G 40
HiFluxx 81
GH 40
Piccolo 84
LV 40

F 40

1
CONTENTS
Adsorption 85 Refrigeration and Cooling 135

Compressed Air Regenerative Desiccant Dryers Compressed Air Refrigerated Dryers

PNEUDRI MiDAS 91 Starlette Plus-E 139

PNEUDRI MIDIplus 94 Starlette Plus HP 142

CDAS HL 97 PoleStar Smart 145

OFAS HL 100 PoleStar Smart HP 150

PNEUDRI MX HEATLESS 103 PoleStar Twin 154

PNEUDRI MXLE 107


Compressed Air Hybrid Dryers
K-MT Series 110
Antares Series 159
KA-MT Series 112

KE-MT Series 114 Thermal and Power Management

WVM Series 116 Aftercoolers

HDK Series 119 Hypercool Air Cooled Aftercooler 165

HDK-MT 122 Hypercool Water Cooled Aftercooler 167

Production Process Water Chillers


Compressed Breathing Air Purification
Hyperchill Plus Industrial Water Chiller 171
BAF 127 Hyperchill Plus Industrial Oil Chiller 178
BAP-015 127 Hyperchill Industrial Process Chiller 184

BAS-2010 127 Hyperchill Laser Industrial Process Chiller 191

BAS-3015 127 Appendix 197


BAC-4015 129

BA-DME 129

BAM 132

2
INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

FOCUSED ON
offering the best
solutions for
compressed air
and gas treatment
Parker engineer a comprehensive range of filtration
and separation, refrigeration and adsorption technology,
covering every aspect of every compressed air and gas
treatment system.

3
INTRODUCTION
As global leaders, our goal is always to FOCUSED ON IMPROVING
provide our customers with the ideal solution PERFORMANCE
– combining effectiveness, efficiency
Every Parker solution is developed with
and lowest total lifetime cost.
a combination of specialist engineering
FOCUSED ON TECHNOLOGY expertise, continual investment in research
and technology, and a deep understanding of
Within our European gas separation and
our customers’ needs. We provide outstanding
filtration business, we bring together more than
products for a world of industries and markets
165 years’ combined experience, concentrated
including industrial and manufacturing, food
in three centres of excellence and each focused
and beverage, analytical gas, laser cutting, and
on a specific technology: Parker domnick hunter
biogas treatment. And wherever we operate, our
- focused on filtration and separation; Parker
focus is always on providing operators with the
Hiross - focused on refrigeration and cooling;
solutions they need for success – creating value
and Parker Zander - focused on adsorption.
through innovation, energy efficient technology,
It is this expert focus that enables us to
improved productivity and profitability, reduced
engineer superior performance for end-users.
lifetime cost, expert service and support,
We offer a comprehensive range, with a
and straightforward product choice.
class-leading product for every key application.
This catalogue presents our complete, current
Designed to provide customers with the best
product portfolio. Organised by technology and
equipment for their requirement, our portfolio
product range, it provides all the information
includes: compressed air filters, elements and
you need to select the appropriate equipment
accessories; compressed air and gas oil and
for every compressed air challenge.
water separators; gas generators; heatless
dryers; high pressure dryers; refrigeration
dryers and chillers; and tandem dryers.

As world leaders in compressed air and


gas treatment, Parker deliver solutions
you can trust for outstanding performance,
quality, and efficiency.

4
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANISATION
COMPRESSED AIR STANDARDS
ISO STANDARDS

The International Standards Organisation


(ISO) is the world’s largest developer of
internationally recognised standards.
As a non-governmental organisation the ISO network has members from across 159 countries,
with the General Secretariat in Geneva, Switzerland. The organisation bridges relations between
the public and private sectors.

As a key member of national governing bodies such as the British Compressed Air Society,
the German VDMA and CAGI in the USA; Parker directly contributes to the development
of standards for compressed air quality and test methods.

Currently there are three standards directly ISO8573 Series


related to compressed air quality and testing: Consisting of nine parts, ISO8573 specifies the
quality of compressed air and the test methods
ISO12500 Series to identify contaminations.
This standard is used to benchmark and verify
the performance of compressed air filters. ISO8573-1 is the principal document in this
series, it stipulates the amount of contamination
ISO07183 allowed in each cubic metre of compressed
Similar to ISO12500, this standard is used air. Listed as three main contaminants (solid
to validate the performance of compressed particulate, water and oil), each contaminant
air dryers. is detailed into a different class.

Solid Particulate Water Oil


ISO8573- Total Oil
Maximum Number of Mass Vapour (aerosol
1:2010 Particulates per m³ liquid and
CLASS Concentration Pressure Liquid g/m³
mg/m³ Dewpoint vapour)
0.1 - 0.5 micron 0.5 - 1 micron 1 - 5 micron mg/m³

0 As specified by the equipment user or supplier and more stringent than Class 1

1 ≤ 20,000 ≤ 400 ≤ 10 – ≤ -70°C – 0.01

2 ≤ 400,000 ≤ 6,000 ≤ 100 – ≤ -40°C – 0.1

3 – ≤ 90,000 ≤ 1,000 – ≤ -20°C – 1

4 – – ≤ 10,000 – ≤ +3°C – 5

5 – – ≤ 100,000 – ≤ +7°C – –

6 – – – ≤5 ≤ +10°C – –

7 – – – 5 - 10 – ≤ 0.5 –

8 – – – – – 0.5 - 5 –

9 – – – – – 5 - 10 –

X – – – > 10 – > 10 > 10

5
ISO STANDARDS
OPTIMISED SYSTEM DESIGN
From general purpose ring main to critical point of use air, the extensive range of purification
equipment available from Parker means that a system can be designed to meet any need.

In many cases treatment of compressed air at the point of generation is not enough to meet specific ISO
classes, while ‘over treatment’ at the point of generation can become a costly mistake when considering
system running costs. Parker aims to work with its partners to develop the most efficient system
available for the application.

ISO8573-1:2010 Compliant Equipment

Solid Particulate Water Oil


ISO8573-
1:2010 Total Oil
CLASS Wet Particulate Dry Particulate Vapour (aerosol liquid
and vapour)

0 – – – OIL-X Grade AO + AA + OVR

OIL-X Grade OIL-X Grade Dryer sized for OIL-X Grade AO + AA + OVR
1
AO + AA AO (M) + AA (M) -70°C PDP OIL-X Grade AO + AA +ACS

OIL-X OIL-X Dryer sized for


2 OIL-X Grade AO + AA
Grade AO Grade AO (M) -40°C PDP

OIL-X OIL-X Dryer sized for


3 OIL-X Grade AO
Grade AO Grade AO (M) -20°C PDP

OIL-X OIL-X Dryer sized for


4 OIL-X Grade AO
Grade AO Grade AO (M) +3°C PDP

OIL-X OIL-X Dryer sized for


5 –
Grade AO Grade AO (M) +7°C PDP

Dryer sized for


6 – – –
+10°C PDP

UNDERSTANDING
ISO8573-1:2010 CLASS 0
A number of compressor manufacturers claim that their oil-free compressors deliver air in accordance
with Class 0 for total oil and that little to no purification is required downstream.

Class 0 does not mean zero contamination, solid particulate and water vapour would still need to be
reduced to acceptable levels to achieve ISO8573-1:2010 standards, meaning additional purification
equipment is essential.

Typically, for critical applications in the medical and food industries guidelines state that ISO8573-
1:2010 2.2.1 is acceptable, but in rare cases where the application has to meet Class 0 with respect to
total oil, the remaining acceptable oil concentration has to be agreed in writing and tested in-line with
parts 2-9 of ISO8573-1:2010 to be in accordance with Class 0 standards.

PERFORMANCE VALIDATION
All Parker filters are designed to provide compressed air that meets the classification set out in
ISO8573-1 and when applicable are tested in accordance with ISO12500-1, ISO7183 and the related
parts of ISO8573-1:2010, this is always third party witnessed and validated by Lloyds Register.

6
FOCUSED ON
FILTRATION AND SEPARATION

FILTRATION AND
SEPARATION
Parker is world-renowned for compressed air filtration and
separation. Having invented modern filter technology, we remain at
the forefront of filtration and separation innovation, fully committed
to the development of more efficient and effective treatment.

Our comprehensive range of filtration and separation


systems includes: compressed air filters, elements
and accessories; compressed air drains and exhaust
silencers; compressed air and gas water separators and
oil/water separators, as well as CO 2 incident protection
systems and industrial nitrogen gas generators.

Offering superior compressed air and gas purity, product


quality, technological excellence and global support,
our solutions lead the way in air filtration and
separation. And with the largest range of filter types and
configurations on the market, we can optimise operations
in almost every industry, on every continent, including
transportation/mobile equipment, industrial/plant
equipment, food and beverage, life sciences, process
industries, marine and power generation.

OVR
PCO2
OIL-X
FILTRATION AND SEPARATION
NITROSource
COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS – WATER SEPARATORS
Compressed Air

COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS – WATER SEPARATORS


and Gas – Water
Separators
Designed to protect coalescing filters
from bulk liquid contamination, Parker's
comprehensive range of water separators
work to the highest standard of separation
efficiency.
Our water separators provide high liquid removal efficiencies at
all flow conditions, increasing the reliability and effectiveness
of your compressed air and gas systems.
OIL-X Grade WS
COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS – WATER SEPARATORS  OIL-X GRADE WS

Die cast aluminium and fabricated carbon


steel water separators for the efficient
removal of bulk liquid contamination from
a compressed air supply, providing flow
rates up to 25920 m³/h @ 7 bar g.
Bulk water which exists in all compressed air systems causes
problems – corrosion of piping, permanent damage to valves,
cylinders, pneumatic tools, machinery and reducing the
effectiveness of aftercoolers/heat exchangers.
Over 99% of bulk water can be easily and economically removed
by installing a Parker domnick hunter OIL-X Grade WS high
efficiency water separator. Now, your compressed air system
will operate much more efficiently with reduced downtime and
maintenance costs. Grade WS technology will also improve the
effectiveness of aftercoolers, refrigerant dryers, filters and other
downstream equipment.

Diagrams:
OIL-X GRADE WS 010-030

OIL-X GRADE WC 035-055


H

W D D W

Technical Data

Min Operating Max Operating Min Operating Max Operating


Grade Water Separator Models Pressure Pressure Temp Temp

bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF

WS P010A FX – P055J FX 1 15 16 232 2 35 80 176

WS P060K FX 1 15 16 232 2 35 66 150

11
Flow Rates

Model Port Connection L/S m3/min m3/hr cfm

COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS – WATER SEPARATORS  OIL-X GRADE WS


WSP010A FX ¼" 10 0.6 36 21

WSP010B FX 10 0.6 36 21

WSP010C FX ½" 10 0.6 36 21

WSP015C FX ½" 40 2.4 144 85

WSP020D FX ¾" 40 2.4 144 85

WSP025D FX ¾" 110 6.6 396 233

WSP025E FX 1" 110 6.6 396 233

WSP030G FX 1½" 110 6.6 396 233

WSP035G FX 1½" 350 21 1260 742

WSP040H FX 2" 350 21 1260 742

WSP045I FX 2½" 350 21 1260 742

WSP050I FX 2½" 800 48 2880 1695

WSP055J FX 3" 800 48 2880 1695

WSP060K FX 4" 1000 60 3600 2119

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Water Separator Coding Example – WS010 – WS055

Port
Grade Model Connection Type Drain Option Incident Monitor Option
Connection
Note:
Connection options
P and 3 digit G = BSPP Models WSP010 - WSP060
Letter denotes
WS code denotes filter N = NPT F = Float X = None G = BSPP / N = NPT.
pipe size
housing size DN = Flanged
Models WS800F - WS7200F
DN = flanged.
Example code

WS P010 A G F X

Product Selection and Correction Factors


To correctly select a separator model, the flow rate of the separator must be adjusted for the minimum operating pressure of the system.
1. Obtain the minimum operating pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the separator.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum operating pressure from the CFP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a separator model from the flow rate tables above (separator selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the
minimum filtration capacity).

CFP – Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Inlet
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 4.00 2.63 2.00 1.59 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85 0.82 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 12


Weights and Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight


Model
mm in mm in mm in kg lbs
COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS – WATER SEPARATORS  OIL-X GRADE WS

010A 180 7.09 76 2.99 66 2.60 0.61 1.34

010B 180 7.09 76 2.99 66 2.60 0.61 1.34

010C 180 7.09 76 2.99 66 2.60 0.61 1.34

015C 238.5 9.39 89 3.5 83.5 3.29 1.16 2.58

020C 238.5 9.39 89 3.5 83.5 3.29 1.12 2.47

020D 238.5 9.39 89 3.5 83.5 3.29 1.12 2.47

025D 277 10.9 120 4.72 114.5 4.50 2.21 4.86

025E 277 10.9 120 4.72 114.5 4.50 2.21 4.86

030G 367 14.45 120 4.72 114.5 4.50 2.68 5.91

035G 531 20.9 164 6.46 156 6.10 6.90 15.20

040H 623 24.5 164 6.46 156 6.10 7.30 16.10

045I 623 24.5 164 6.46 156 6.10 7.10 15.65

050I 745 29.3 192 7.56 183 7.20 10.30 22.71

055I 935 36.8 192 7.56 183 7.20 15.30 33.73

055J 935 36.8 192 7.56 183 7.20 15.30 33.73

060K 847 33.3 420 16.54 282 11.10 44.50 98.11

13
Hiross

Hypersep STH and SFH

COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS – WATER SEPARATORS  HYPERSEP STH AND SFH SERIES
Series Centrifugal Water
Separator
PED approved centrifugal water separators
with low pressure drop for the removal
of bulk condensate water from compressed
air for industrial applications.
Hypersep water separators utilise centrifugal technology
for the effective removal of bulk liquid from a compressed
air system; providing essential downstream protection as well
as the added benefit of improving the performance of other
downstream equipment.
Designed to be maintenance free, Hypersep water separators
are available in both threaded and fl anged connections and can
be installed in horizontal or vertical configuration. Requiring
no external power, the easy to install Hypersep features unique
Hiroshield surface protection, enabling the water separator
to withstand the toughest industrial conditions.

Diagrams:

A A A
STH 001-021

STH 040-046

SFH 029-209
C

C
B

B
B

½" BSP
029-038 = 1/2" BSP
066-209 = 1" BSP
½" BSP

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 14


Technical Data

Technical Data

Model Max.
Air Flow Air Connections Dimensions (mm) Weight
COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS – WATER SEPARATORS  HYPERSEP STH AND SFH SERIES

Pressure

m3/h m3/min bar g In Out A B C kg

Threaded models (aluminium)

STH001N 54 0.9 16 89 267 24 1.1

STH002N 126 2.1 16 ½" ½" 89 267 24 1.1

STH003N 180 3 16 ¾" ¾" 89 267 24 1.1

STH006N 330 5.5 16 1" 1" 109 367 34 2.2

STH009N 540 9 16 1¼" 1¼" 109 367 34 2.2

STH013N 750 12.5 16 1½" 1½" 109 367 34 2.2

STH021N 1.260 21 16 2" 2" 150 550 41 4.3

STH040N 2400 40 16 2½" 2½" 188 733 56 12.5

STH046N 2.760 46 16 3" 3" 188 733 56 12.5

Flanged filters

SFH029N 29,4 1764 16 DN80 DN80 400 720 200 28

SFH030N 30 1800 16 DN100 DN80 400 720 200 29

SFH037N 36,6 2196 16 DN100 DN100 460 880 230 48

SFH038N 38 2280 16 DN125 DN100 460 880 230 49

SFH066N 65,6 3936 16 DN125 DN125 550 980 260 55

SFH067N 67 4020 16 DN150 DN125 550 980 260 56

SFH088N 88,4 5304 16 DN150 DN150 570 1060 290 82

SFH089N 89 5340 16 DN200 DN150 570 1060 290 85

SFH097N 97,1 5826 16 DN200 DN200 660 1160 320 126

SFH142N 141,9 8514 10 DN250 DN200 680 1255 351 148

SFH180N 179,5 10770 10 DN300 DN200 750 1455 390 160

SFH209N 209,1 12546 9 DN350 DN200 830 1655 430 205

Performances refer to air at FAD 20 ˚C/1 bar, and at the following working conditions: air suction 25 ˚C / 60%RH, 7 bar(g) working pressure, 35 ˚C compressed air inlet
temperature, 7kPa pressure drop. Separators supplied without condensate drain (see condensate drain models for matching drain).

15
Performance Overview

STH Air Flow (m³/h) Port Connection

COMPRESSED AIR AND GAS – WATER SEPARATORS  HYPERSEP STH AND SFH SERIES
STH001N 54

STH002N 126 ½"

STH003N 180 ¾"

STH006N 330 1"

STH009N 540 1¼"

STH013N 750 1½"

STH021N 1260 2"

STH040N 2400 2½"

STH046N 2760 3"

STH001A 54

STH003A 180 1½"

STH013A 750 2"

STH001P 54 ¾"

STH003P 180 1½"

STH013P 750 2"

STH019P 1140 DN65

Port Connection
SFH Air Flow (m³/h)
In Out

SFH029N 1764 DN80 DN80

SFH030N 1800 DN100 DN80

SFH037N 2196 DN100 DN100

SFH038N 22280 DN125 DN100

SFH066N 3936 DN125 DN125

SFH067N 4020 DN150 DN125

SFH088N 5304 DN150 DN150

SFH089N 5340 DN200 DN150

SFH097N 5826 DN200 DN200

SFH142N 8514 DN250 DN200

SFH180N 10770 DN300 DN200

SFH209N 12546 DN350 DN200

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 16


FILTER SELECTION
Coalescing filters are installed to reduce six of the ten most common compressed air contaminants
FILTER SELECTION

(water aerosols, oil aerosols, atmospheric particulate, rust, pipescale and micro-organisms).
Dry particulate filters four of the ten contaminants (atmospheric particulate, rust, pipescale
and micro-organisms). To ensure consistent filtration performance, filters must be sized for
the maximum flow of compressed air at the minimum system operating pressure (not the
discharge pressure of the compressor). Unlike compressed air dryers or adsorption filters,
only one correction factor is required.

FILTER SELECTION EXAMPLE


4. Using the minimum filtration capacity,
Maximum Inlet Flow Rate 1500 m³/hr
select a filter model from the literature
Minimum Inlet Pressure 8.3 bar g flow rate tables
Maximum Temperature 40°C (filter selected must have a flow rate
equal to or greater than the minimum
Minimum Temperature 10°C
filtration capacity)
Pipe Connections Required 2 ½” Filter model selected = 050 size
Thread Type Required BSPP
5. Select the pipe connections for the filter
Filtration Grade Required Grade AO and grade AA model selected
Incident Monitor Required No Existing pipe connections are 2 ½” therefore
model selected = P050I

1. Ensure the maximum and minimum operating 6. Select thread type required for the filter
temperatures and pressure are within the model selected
operational parameters of the filter range BSPP threads are required therefore model
selected = P050IG
2. Select the correction factor for minimum
operating pressure from the CFP table 7. Select filtration grade or grades
Correction factor for 8.3 bar g = 0.94 Grades AO and AA are required therefore models
Line Pressure
selected are AOP050IG and AAP050IG
Correction Factor
bar g psi g Pressure (CFP) 8. Select coalescing or dry particulate use
6 87 1.08 (drain selection or pressures above 16 bar g)
7 100 1.00 If grade AO or AA is used as a coalescing filter
8 116 0.94 then a float drain is required (up to 16 bar g).
9 131 0.88 This is signified by using a letter F in the code.
If grade AO or AA is used as a dry particulate filter
Important Notes:
or for pressures above 16 bar g then a manual drain
Pressure: Always round down to nearest factor
is required. This is signified by using a letter M in
i.e. for 8.3 bar g use correction factor for 8 bar g
the code. For ACS, the M for manual drain should
Flow: The filter or water separator selected must
be selected.
have a flow rate equal to or greater than the
minimum filtration capacity As filters are for use as coalescing filters and
operating pressure is below 16 bar g, models
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity selected are AOP050IGF and AA050IGF.
Minimum filtration capacity =
9. Is an incident monitor required?
Max compressed air flow rate x CFIP
(blockage indicator)
Minimum filtration capacity = An incident monitor is standard up to 1 ½” and is
1500 m3/hr x 0.94 = 1410 m3/hr signified by the letter I. Filters from 2” to 4” are
not available with an indicator from the factory
Flow Rates
Model Port (denoted by the letter X).
L/s m /min
3
m3/hr cfm
Final part numbers for the filters selected
GRADE P045I ( )X 2 ½" 330 19.8 1188 699
are AOP050IGFX and AAP050IGFX.
GRADE P050I ( )X 2 ½” 430 25.9 1548 911

GRADE P055I ( )X 2 ½” 620 37.3 2232 1314

GRADE P055J ( )X 3" 620 37.3 2232 1314

17
Compressed

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS


Air Filters
Parker sets the standard in compressed
air quality – our complete range of filters
provide ultimate protection against
system contamination.
Our compressed air filters guarantee a continuous
supply of high quality compressed air, with up to 99.9999%
particle removal efficiency, low operational costs and
minimal maintenance.
OIL-X Coalescing / Dry
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X

Particulate / Oil Vapour


Removal Compressed
Air Filters
High efficiency coalescing and dry particulate
filters with very low pressure drop providing
excellent energy savings.
The Parker domnick hunter OIL-X range of die-cast compressed
air filters has been designed from the outset to meet the air
quality requirements of all editions of ISO8573-1, when validated
in accordance with the stringent requirements of ISO12500-1.
An efficient and cost-effective manufacturing process is a major
factor in maintaining the profitability and growth of your business.
All Parker domnick hunter products are designed to not only
minimise the use of compressed air and electrical energy in their
operation, but also to significantly reduce the operational costs
of the compressor by minimising pressure losses.
OIL-X filters incorporate a number of unique and patented design
features to minimise differential pressure and provide a filter
and element combination where the differential pressure starts
low and stays low to maximise energy savings and provide the
lowest lifetime costs without compromising air quality.

Diagrams:
OIL-X 035 - 055
OIL-X 010 - 030

W D D W

Filtration Performance
Precede
Particle Removal Max Remaining Initial Dry Initial Saturated Change
Filtration Filter Filtration with
(inc water and oil Oil Content at Differential Differential Element
Grade Type Efficiency Filtration
aerosols) 21°C (70°F) Pressure Pressure Every
Grade

Coalescing and Down to 0.5 mg/m3 <70 mbar <125 mbar WS (for
AO 99.925% 12 months
Dry Particulate 1 micron 0.5 ppm(w) (1psi) (1.8psi) bulk liquid)

Coalescing and Down to 0.01 mg/m3 <70 mbar <125 mbar


AA 99.9999% 12 months AO
Dry Particulate 0.01 micron 0.01 ppm(w) (1psi) (1.8psi)

When oil
Oil Vapour 0.003 mg/m3 <140 mbar
ACS N/A N/A N/A vapour is A0+AA
Removal 0.003 ppm(w) (2psi)
detected

19
Technical Data

Min Operating Max Operating Min Operating Max Operating


Filter Pressure Pressure Temp Temp
Filter Models
Grade

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X


bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF

AO/AA P010 – P055 (Float Drain) 1 15 16 232 2 35 80 176

AO/AA P010 – P055 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 80 176

AO/AA P060 (Float Drain) 1 15 16 232 2 35 66 150

AO/AA P060 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 100 212

ACS P010 – P055 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 50 122

ACS P060 (Manual Drain) 1 15 20 290 2 35 50 122

Flow Rates

Port Replacement
Model L/S m3/min m3/hr cfm No.
Connection Element kit

GRADE P010A I ¼" 10 0.6 36 21 P010 GRADE 1

GRADE P010B I 3/8 " 10 0.6 36 21 P010 GRADE 1

GRADE P010C I ½" 10 0.6 36 21 P010 GRADE 1

GRADE P015C I ½" 20 1.2 72 42 P015 GRADE 1

GRADE P020C I ½" 30 1.8 108 64 P020 GRADE 1

GRADE P020D I ¾" 30 1.8 108 64 P020 GRADE 1

GRADE P025D I ¾" 60 3.6 216 127 P025 GRADE 1

GRADE P025E I 1" 60 3.6 216 127 P025 GRADE 1

GRADE P030G I 1½" 110 6.6 396 233 P030 GRADE 1

GRADE P035G I 1½" 160 9.6 576 339 P035 GRADE 1

GRADE P040H X 2" 220 13.2 792 466 P040 GRADE 1

GRADE P045I X 2½" 330 19.8 1188 699 P045 GRADE 1

GRADE P050I X 2½" 430 25.9 1548 911 P050 GRADE 1

GRADE P055I X 2½" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055 GRADE 1

GRADE P055J X 3" 620 37.3 2232 1314 P055 GRADE 1

GRADE P060K X 4" 1000 60 3600 2119 P060 GRADE 3

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 20


Filter Coding Examples P010 – P055

Port Note:
Grade Model Connection Type Drain Option Incident Monitor Option
Connection Connection options
Models P010 – P060
G = BSPP / N = NPT.
P and 3 digit code denotes Letter denotes G = BSPP N = NPT F = Float I = Indicator
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X

AO Models 065 – 095


filter housing size port connection D = Flanged M = Manual X = None
D = flanged.
Example code

AO P010 A G F I

Product Selection and Correction Factors


To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating pressure of the system.
1. Obtain the minimum operating pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum operating pressure from the CFP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than
the minimum filtration capacity).

CFP – Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure


Minimum bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Inlet
Pressure psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232 248 263 277 290

Correction Factor 2.65 1.87 1.53 1.32 1.18 1.08 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.59

When ordering a filter for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g), use a manual drain. Replace F with M in product code. e.g. AOP015BGFX becomes AOP015BGMX. Models
150 – 500 are not suitable for pressures above 16 bar g (232 psi g)

Weights and Dimensions


Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm in mm in mm in kg lbs

010A 180 7.09 76 2.99 66 2.60 0.61 1.34

010B 180 7.09 76 2.99 66 2.60 0.61 1.34

010C 180 7.09 76 2.99 66 2.60 0.61 1.34

015C 238.5 9.39 89 3.5 83.5 3.29 1.16 2.58

020C 238.5 9.39 89 3.5 83.5 3.29 1.12 2.47

020D 238.5 9.39 89 3.5 83.5 3.29 1.12 2.47

025D 277 10.9 120 4.72 114.5 4.50 2.21 4.86

025E 277 10.9 120 4.72 114.5 4.50 2.21 4.86

030G 367 14.45 120 4.72 114.5 4.50 2.68 5.91

035G 531 20.9 164 6.46 156 6.10 6.90 15.20

040H 623 24.5 164 6.46 156 6.10 7.30 16.10

045I 623 24.5 164 6.46 156 6.10 7.10 15.65

050I 745 29.3 192 7.56 183 7.20 10.30 22.71

055I 935 36.8 192 7.56 183 7.20 15.30 33.73

055J 935 36.8 192 7.56 183 7.20 15.30 33.73

060K 847 33.3 420 16.54 282 11.10 44.50 98.11

21
OIL-X Carbon Steel

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X CARBON STEEL


Fabricated Compressed
Air Filter
High efficiency compressed air filters for
applications requiring large flow rates up
to 31248 m³/hr @ 7 bar g with a maximum
operating pressure of 16 bar g.
The Parker domnick hunter OIL-X range of fabricated carbon steel
compressed air filters combine an innovative filter housing and
filter element design to achieve optimum flow characteristics with
minimum pressure drop, resulting in considerable cost savings
throughout the entire operating lifetime of the filter element.

The filter housing has been designed for ease of maintenance.


A low placed service fl ange, supported by a pivoting hinge joint,
enables element replacement to be undertaken by a single
individual. A dished housing bottom provides ample space to
drain away liquids efficiently. The patented filter element design
provides a secure seal to avoid any possibility of contamination
bypassing the element.

Diagrams:
WS800F – 7200F

D
H

Approx
170mm

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 22


Coding Example

Grade Model Port Connection Connection Type Drain Option Incident Monitor Option
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X CARBON STEEL

3 digit code denotes filter Letter denotes F = Float


AO D = Flanged X = None
housing size port connection M = Manual

Example code

AO 065 P D F X

Product Selection

Port Replacement
Model L/S m3/min m3/hr cfm No.
Connection Element Kit

GRADE 065ND X DN80 620 37.2 2232 1312 200 GRADE 1

GRADE 070OD X DN100 1240 74.4 4464 2625 200 GRADE 2

GRADE 075PD X DN150 1860 111.6 6696 3938 200 GRADE 3

GRADE 080PD X DN150 2480 148.8 8928 5251 200 GRADE 4

GRADE 085QD X DN200 3720 223.2 13392 7877 200 GRADE 6

GRADE 090RD X DN250 6200 372 22320 13129 200 GRADE 10

GRADE 095SD X DN300 8680 520.8 31248 18380 200 GRADE 14

Correction Factors
bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Line
Pressure
psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 4.00 2.63 2.00 1.59 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85 0.82 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68

To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating pressure of the system.
1. Obtain the minimum operating pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum operating pressure from the CFP table (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a model from the flow rate tables above

Weights and Dimensions


Port Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
Connection mm in mm in mm in kg lbs

065ND DN80 1065 42 440 17.3 340 13.4 70 154

070OD DN100 1152 45.4 500 19.7 405 16 97 214

075PD DN150 1256 49.5 600 23.6 520 20.5 148 326

080PD DN150 1332 52.4 650 25.6 580 22.8 187 412

085QD DN200 1415 55.7 750 29.5 640 25.2 240 529

090RD DN250 1603 63.1 1000 39.4 840 33 470 1036

095SD DN300 1706 67.2 1050 41.3 910 35.8 580 1279

23
Hyperfilter Compressed

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  HYPERFILTER


Air Filter
Die cast aluminium and fabricated carbon
steel coalescing, dry particulate and oil vapour
removal compressed air filters.
Compressed air incorporates a high concentration of dirt,
oil, moisture and other impurities. Failure to remove these
contaminants will lead to escalating maintenance costs, lengthy
downtimes and damaged finished goods.
Hyperfilter coalescing, dry particulate and oil vapour removal
filters have been specifically designed to prevent these undesired
effects, offering a comprehensive range of compressed air filters
covering all industrial needs.
Available in 5 filter grades: Coarse pre-filter, general purpose
and high efficiency coalescing filters, dry particulate filter and
oil vapour removal filter.

Diagrams:
HFN 300-370

HFF 380-4500
HFN 005-205

Filtration Performance

Filtration Particle Removal


Max Remaining Oil Content at 21°C (70°F) Change Element Every
Grade (inc water and oil aerosols)

D/Q Down to 3 micron N/A 12 months

P Down to 1 micron 0.5mg/m³ 12 months

S Down to 0.01 micron 0.01mg/m³ 12 months

C N/A 0.003 mg/m³ When Oil Vapour is Detected

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 24


Technical Data
Min. Operating Max. Operating Min. Operating Max. Operating
Filtration Drain Pressure Pressure Temp Temp
Filter Type
Grade Type
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  HYPERFILTER

Q General Purpose Float 1 15 16 232 2 35 65 149

P Fine Float 1 15 16 232 2 35 65 149

S Ultra Fine Float 1 15 16 232 2 35 65 149

C Critical Manual 1 15 16 232 2 35 65 149

D Low Dewpoint Manual 1 15 16 232 2 35 65 149

Flow Rates
Flow Rates
Model Port Connection Replacement Element Kit
L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm

HFN005 ¼" 8.8 0.5 31.8 18.7 005-ELZ

HFN010 3/8"
16.7 1.0 60 35.3 010-ELZ

HFN018 ½" 30.0 1.8 108 63.6 018-ELZ

HFN022 ¾" 36.7 2.2 132 77.7 022-ELZ

HFN030 ¾" 50.0 3.0 180 106.0 030-ELZ

HFN045 1" 75.0 4.5 270 159.0 045-ELZ

HFN062 1¼" 103.3 6.2 372 219.0 062-ELZ

HFN072 1½" 120.0 7.2 432 254.3 072-ELZ

HFN122 1½" 203.3 12.2 732 430.8 122-ELZ

HFN135 2" 225.0 13.5 810 477.0 135-ELZ

HFN175 2" 291.7 17.5 1050 618.0 175-ELZ

HFN205 2" 341.7 20.5 1230 724.0 205-ELZ

HFN300 2½" 500.0 30.0 1800 1059.4 300-ELZ

HFN370 3" 611.1 37.0 2220 1295.0 370-ELZ

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Correction Factors
bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Line
Pressure
psi g 15 29 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor
2.65 1.87 1.53 1.32 1.18 1.08 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.68 0.66
Pressure (CFP)
Please apply these correction factors to the flow at pressures other than 7 bar g (102 psi g).

Applying Correction Factors


To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating pressure of the system.
1. Obtain the minimum operating pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum operating pressure from the CFP table (always round down e.g for 5.3 bar, use 5 bar correction factor)
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity : Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above (filter selected must have a flow rate equal
to or greater than the minimum filtration capacity)

25
Weights and Dimensions
Height (H) Width (W) Weight
Model
mm in mm in kg lbs

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  HYPERFILTER


HFN005 168 6.6 69 2.7 0.6 1.3

HFN010 267 10.5 89 3.5 1.2 2.6

HFN018 267 10.5 89 3.5 1.2 2.6

HFN022 267 10.5 89 3.5 1.2 2.6

HFN030 367 14.4 109 4.3 2.4 5.3

HFN045 367 14.4 109 4.3 2.4 5.3

HFN062 514 20.2 109 4.3 3.0 6.6

HFN072 514 20.2 109 4.3 3.0 6.6

HFN122 550 21.6 150 5.9 5.2 11.5

HFN135 550 21.6 150 5.9 5.2 11.5

HFN175 928 36.5 150 5.9 6.5 14.3

HFN205 928 36.5 150 5.9 6.6 14.5

HFN300 733 28.8 188 7.4 13.5 29.8

HFN370 933 36.7 188 7.4 16.0 35.3

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 26


OIL-X IP50 Intermediate
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X IP50

Pressure Compressed
Air Filter
Compressed air filters for applications requiring
operating pressures up to 50 bar g (725 psi g).
OIL-X IP50 are ideally suited for food, beverage,
pharmaceutical and other P.E.T applications.
The removal of impurities within a compressed air system is vitally
important in order to prevent contamination of downstream
processes, equipment and products. Parker domnick hunter
OIL-X IP50 intermediate pressure filters combine the new energy
efficient OIL-Xplus filter elements with specially designed housings
to provide high efficiency filtration for applications up to 50 bar g
(725 psi g).

Available in various filtration grades and connection sizes, they


provide a level of protection tailored to your application. Typical
applications: P.E.T. bottling, air blast circuit breakers, shipborne air
distribution systems, engine starting and pressure testing of pipelines.

Diagrams:
OIL-X IP50

D
H

58 mm (2,3"),
100 mm (4"),
Grades ACS
Grades WS,
and AR
AO and AA

Filtration Grades
Particle Removal Max. Remaining
Filtration Change Precede with
Filtration Grade Filter Type (inc water and oil Oil Content at 21°C
Efficiency Element Every Filtration Grade
aerosols) (70°F)

WS Bulk Liquid N/A N/A >90% N/A N/A

0.6 mg/m 3
AO Coalescing Down to 1 micron 99.925% 12 months WS (for bulk liquid)
0.5 ppm(w)
0.01 mg/m 3
AA Coalescing Down to 0.01 micron 99.9999% 12 months AO
0.01 ppm(w)

AR Dry Particulate Down to 1 micron N/A 99.925% 12 months N/A

AAR Dry Particulate Down to 0.01 micron N/A 99.9999% 12 months AR

0.003 mg/m 3
when oil vapour
ACS Oil Vapour Removal N/A ISO8573-5 AA
0.003 ppm(w) or odour is detected

27
Technical Data
Initial ‘Wet’
Max. Operating Min. Operating Max. Operating Initial ‘Dry’
Model/ Differential
Pressure Temperature Temperature Differential Pressure
Grade Pressure
bar g psi g °C °F °C °F m bar psi m bar psi

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X IP50


IP50 – WS 50 725 2.0 35 100 212 – – 70 1.0

IP50 – AO 50 725 2.0 35 100 212 70 1.0 140 2.0

IP50 – AA 50 725 2.0 35 100 212 140 1.5 200 3.0

IP50 – ACS 50 725 2.0 35 30 86 70 1.0 – –

IP50 – AR 50 725 2.0 35 100 212 70 1.0 – –

IP50 - AAR 50 725 2.0 35 100 212 100 1.5 – –

*Recommended Filter Element change: 12 months or 6000 hours*


*Not applicable to Grade ACS elements. Grade ACS elements should be changed after 1000 hours operation at 21°C (70°F) or before if odours can be detected.

Filter Selection

Port Replacement
Model L/s m3/min m3/h cfm
Connection Element Code

GRADE IP50 010A G X ¼" 30 1.8 108 64 K009 GRADE

GRADE IP50 020B G X 3/8 " 45 2.7 162 95 K009 GRADE

GRADE IP50 030C G X ½" 95 5.7 342 201 K030 GRADE

GRADE IP50 040D G X ¾" 145 8.7 522 307 K030 GRADE

GRADE IP50 050E G X 1" 285 17.1 1026 604 K145 GRADE

GRADE IP50 060G G X 1½" 465 27.9 1674 985 K145 GRADE

GRADE IP50 070H G X 2" 965 57.9 3473 2044 K220 GRADE

Connections option G = BSPP. Drains options F = Automatic / M = Manual.


To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating pressure of the system.
1. Obtain the minimum operating pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum operating pressure from the CFP table (always round down e.g. for 33 bar, use 30 bar correction factor).
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP.
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above. (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater
than the minimum filtration capacity).

Correction Factors IP50 Coding Examples


bar g 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 AOIP50-010-AGFX
Working
Pressure
psi g 290 362 435 507 580 652 725 ACSIP50-040-DGMX

Correction Factor 2.43 1.96 1.65 1.42 1.24 1.11 1.00

Notes: Use the correction factors above for flow rates at other working pressures.

Weights and Dimensions


Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model
mm in mm in mm in kg lbs
GRADE IP50 010A G X 175 6.9 78 3.1 68 2.7 1.3 2.9

GRADE IP50 020B G X 175 6.9 78 3.1 68 2.7 1.3 2.9

GRADE IP50 030C G X 245 9.6 89 3.5 84 3.3 2.0 4.4

GRADE IP50 040D G X 245 9.6 89 3.5 84 3.3 2.0 4.4

GRADE IP50 050E G X 423 16.6 122 4.8 116 4.6 5.0 11.0

GRADE IP50 060G G X 423 16.6 122 4.8 116 4.6 5.0 11.0

GRADE IP50 070H G X 480 18.9 170 6.7 162 6.4 10.0 22.0

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 28


GH Series High Pressure
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  GH SERIES 100

Compressed Air Filter (for


pressures up to 100 bar g)
High pressure filters for compressed air
applications up to 100 bar g with optimised
flow rates and improved housing design for
high energy efficiency, maximum reliability
and safe operation.
Parker domnick hunter GH series high pressure filters are designed
to be ideal for high pressure applications up to 100 bar g. The
innovative construction features of the filter housing provide
a reliable assembly, as well as simple and safe handling for
replacing the filter element. One essential construction feature is
the double O-ring seal which protects the housing thread against
pollution and humidity and therefore prevents the thread from
corrosion. Additionally the second O-ring prevents the filter
housing parts from over winding.

By fastening the filter element via its base thread screwed on


the tie-rod, this provides the greatest operating safety, even
under the pressure pulsations in intermittent operation that
are common for high pressure applications.

Highly effective pleated media in four different grades provide


an element surface that is four times the size, compared to the
conventional wrapped design. The result is a reduced flow speed
and efficient separation simultaneously with low pressure drop,
thus providing cost reduction during operation with reliable
separation performance.

Diagram:
GH SERIES 100

W
H

29
Filtration Grades

Max Remaining Precede with


Filtration Grade Filter Type Particle removal Change Element Every
Oil Content at 20°C Filtration Grade

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  GH SERIES 100


V Solid Particulate Down to 3 micron N/A 12 months N/A

ZP Solid/liquid Particulate Down to 1 micron 0.5 mg/m3 12 months Separator (for wall flow)

XP Solid/liquid Particulate Down to 0.01 micron 0.01 mg/m 3


12 months ZP

A Oil Vapour Removal N/A 0.003 mg/m 3 when oil vapour or XP


odour is detected

Technical Data
Max. Operating Min. Operating Max. Operating Initial ‘Dry’ Initial ‘Wet’
Model/
Pressure Temperature Temperature Differential Pressure Differential Pressure
Grade
bar g psi g °C °F °C °F m bar psi m bar psi
V 100 1450 1.5 35 80 176 < 300 < 4.35 < 350 < 5.00

ZP 100 1450 1.5 35 80 176 < 300 < 4.35 < 370 < 5.40

XP 100 1450 1.5 35 80 176 < 300 < 4.35 < 400 < 5.80

A 100 1450 1.5 35 80 176 < 300 < 4.35 N/A N/A

*Recommended Filter Element change: 12 months or 6000 hours*


*Not applicable to Grade ACS elements. Grade ACS elements should be changed after 1000 hours operation at 21°C (70°F) or before if odours can be detected.

Filter Selection
Port Replacement
Model L/s m3/min m3/h cfm
Connection Element Code

GH3100 GRADE ½" 52 3.1 188 111 1050 GRADE

GH5100 GRADE ½" 74 4.5 268 158 1070 GRADE

GH7100 GRADE ½" 130 7.8 469 276 1140 GRADE

GH9100 GRADE ¾" 189 11.3 681 401 2010 GRADE

GH11100 GRADE 1" 334 20.0 1203 708 2020 GRADE

GH12100 GRADE 1½" 516 30.9 1857 1093 2030 GRADE

GH13100 GRADE 1½" 724 46.4 2787 1640 2050 GRADE

Correction Factors

Working bar g 50 60 70 80 90 100


Pressure psi g 725 870 1015 1160 1305 1450

Correction Factor 1.5 1.4 1.33 1.24 1.14 1.00

Use the correction factors above for flow rates at other working pressures.
Note: To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating pressure of the system.
1. Obtain the minimum operating pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum operating pressure from the CFP table (always round down e.g. for 66 bar, use 60 bar correction factor).
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP.
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above. (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater
than the minimum filtration capacity).

Weights and Dimensions


Height (H) Width (W) Weight
Model
mm in mm in kg lbs
GH3100 355 14.0 80 3.1 2.8 6.2

GH5100 355 14.0 80 3.1 2.8 6.2

GH7100 420 16.5 80 3.1 3.4 7.5

GH9100 455 17.9 116 4.6 18.2 40.1

GH11100 540 21.3 116 4.6 21.9 48.3

GH12100 655 25.8 125 4.9 28.3 62.4

GH13100 910 35.8 125 4.9 39.2 86.4

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 30


GH Series High Pressure
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  GH SERIES 350

Compressed Air Filter (for


pressures up to 350 bar g)
High pressure filters for compressed air
applications up to 350 bar g with optimised
flow rates and improved housing design for
high energy efficiency, maximum reliability
and safe operation.
Parker domnick hunter GH series high pressure filters are designed
to be ideal for high pressure applications up to 350 bar g. The
innovative construction features of the filter housing provide
a reliable assembly, as well as simple and safe handling for
replacing the filter element. One essential construction feature
is the double O-ring seal which protects the housing thread against
pollution and humidity and therefore prevents the thread from
corrosion. Additionally the second O-ring prevents the filter
housing parts from over winding.

By fastening the filter element via its base thread screwed on the
tie-rod, this provides the greatest operating safety, even under the
pressure pulsations in intermittent operation that are common
for high pressure applications.

Highly effective pleated media in four different grades provide


an element surface that is four times the size, compared to the
conventional wrapped design. The result is a reduced flow speed
and efficient separation simultaneously with low pressure drop,
thus providing cost reduction during operation with reliable
separation performance.

Diagram:
GH SERIES 350

W
H

31
Filtration Grades

Max Remaining Precede with


Filtration Grade Filter Type Particle Removal Change Element Every
Oil Content at 20°C Filtration Grade
V Solid Particulate Down to 3 micron N/A 12 months N/A

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  GH SERIES 350


ZP Solid/liquid Particulate Down to 1 micron 0.5 mg/m 3
12 months Separator (for wall flow)

XP Solid/liquid Particulate Down to 0.01 micron 0.01 mg/m3 12 months ZP

A Oil Vapour Removal N/A 0.003 mg/m 3 when oil vapour or XP


odour is detected

Technical Data
Max. Operating Min. Operating Max. Operating Initial ‘Dry’ Initial ‘Wet’
Model/
Pressure Temperature Temperature Differential Pressure Differential Pressure
Grade
bar g psi g °C °F °C °F m bar psi m bar psi
V 350 5076 1.5 35 80 176 < 300 < 4.35 < 350 < 5.00

ZP 350 5076 1.5 35 80 176 < 300 < 4.35 < 370 < 5.40

XP 350 5076 1.5 35 80 176 < 300 < 4.35 < 400 < 5.80

A 350 5076 1.5 35 80 176 < 300 < 4.35 N/A N/A

*Recommended Filter Element change:- 12 months or 6000 hours*


*Not applicable to Grade ACS elements. Grade ACS elements should be changed after 1000 hours operation at 21°C (70°F) or before if odours can be detected.

Filter Selection
Replacement
Model Port Connection L/s m3/min m3/h cfm
Element Code
GH3350 GRADE ½" 101 6.1 365 215 1050 GRADE

GH5350 GRADE ½" 139 8.4 501 295 1070 GRADE

GH7350 GRADE ½" 215 12.9 776 457 1140 GRADE

GH9350 GRADE ½" 287 17.3 1035 609 2010 GRADE

GH11350 GRADE 1" 514 30.9 1852 1090 2020 GRADE

GH12350 GRADE 1½" 782 46.9 2816 1657 2030 GRADE

GH13350 GRADE 1½" 1184 71.0 4261 2508 2050 GRADE

Correction Factors
Working bar g 125 150 175 200 225 Working bar g 250 275 300 325 350
Pressure psi g 1813 2175 2538 2901 3263 Pressure psi g 3626 3989 4351 4714 5076

Correction Factor 1.5 1.48 1.45 1.43 1.37 Correction Factor 1.3 1.24 1.15 1.07 1

Use the correction factors above for flow rates at other working pressures.
Note: To correctly select a filter model, the flow rate of the filter must be adjusted for the minimum operating pressure of the system.
1. Obtain the minimum operating pressure and maximum compressed air flow rate at the inlet of the filter.
2. Select the correction factor for minimum operating pressure from the CFP table (always round down e.g. for 155 bar, use 150 bar correction factor).
3. Calculate the minimum filtration capacity. Minimum Filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow Rate x CFP.
4. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select a filter model from the flow rate tables above. (filter selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater
than the minimum filtration capacity).

Weights and Dimensions


Height (H) Width (W) Weight
Model
mm in mm in kg lbs
GH3350 355 14.0 80 3.1 2.8 6.2

GH5350 355 14.0 80 3.1 2.8 6.2

GH7350 420 16.5 80 3.1 3.4 7.5

GH9350 455 17.9 116 4.6 18.2 40.1

GH11350 540 21.3 116 4.6 21.9 48.3

GH12350 655 25.8 125 4.9 28.3 62.4

GH13350 910 35.8 125 4.9 39.2 86.4

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 32


OIL-X OVR Oil Vapour
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X OVR

Removal Filter
Compact, modular construction oil vapour
removal filters designed to reduce oil vapour
when industrial applications require compressed
air to meet ISO8573-1 Class 0 or Class 1.
OIL-X OVR Oil Vapour Removal filters are designed to reduce oil vapour
and also overcome the issues of traditional loose filled carbon towers.
The loose filled beds of carbon towers offer reduced contact time due
to unrestricted air channelling, meaning they are prone to movement
of the carbon adsorbent during operation; resulting in degrading
performance, attrition of the adsorbent material, high particulate
generation and blockage of downstream filters.

Manufactured from extruded aluminium, the Parker domnick hunter


OIL-X OVR is smaller and lighter than equivalent carbon towers.
Compact activated carbon cartridges utilise a unique filling technique
to maximise packing density of the adsorbent bed. Retained to prevent
movement, 100% of the activated carbon bed is then utilised during
operation, guaranteeing performance, whilst the heavy attrition,
dusting and blocked particulate filters associated with carbon tower
designs is eliminated. The use of cartridges also provides trouble free
maintenance, reducing system downtime.

Oil free plant air can be affected by many factors such as pressure,
temperature, air flow, oil concentration and humidity. The OIL-X OVR
selection process considers all of these factors to ensure consistent
outlet air quality over 12 months of continuous operation.

Diagrams:
OVR 350 – OVR 550
OVR 300

D
H
H

W W D

33
Filtration Performance
Initial
Particle Removal Max Test Initial Dry Precede
Filtration Filter Filtration Inlet Challenge Saturated Adsorbent
(inc water and oil Remaining Method Differential with
Grade Type Efficiency Concentration Differential Life
aerosols) Oil Content Used Pressure Grade
Pressure

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X OVR


Oil Vapour 0.003 mg/m3 <350 mbar
OVR N/A N/A ISO8573-5 0.05mg/m3 N/A *12 months AO + AA
Removal 0.003 ppm (w) <5 psi

*When corrected to match system conditions

Technical Data

Filter Filter Min. Operating Pressure Max. Operating Pressure Min. Operating Temp Max. Operating Temp
Grade Models
bar g psi g bar g psi g ºC ºF ºC ºF

OVR 300H XX – 500I XX 1 15 16 232 2 35 50 122

Product Selection

Port Replacement No.


Model L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
Connection Cartridge Required

OVR300H XX 2 87 5.2 314 185 300OVR 1

OVR350H XX 2 177 10.6 637 375 350OVR 1

OVR400H XX 2 354 21.2 1274 750 400OVR 1

OVR450I XX 2½ 531 31.9 1911 1125 450OVR 1

OVR500I XX 2½ 708 42.5 2549 1500 500OVR 1

OVR550I XX 2½ 885 53.1 3186 1875 550OVR 1

2 x OVR550I XX 2½ 1770 106.2 6371 3750 550OVR 2

3 x OVR550I XX 2½ 2655 159.3 9557 5625 550OVR 3

4 x OVR550I XX 2½ 3540 212.4 12743 7500 550OVR 4

5 x OVR550I XX 2½ 4424 265.5 15928 9375 550OVR 5

G=BSPP / N=NPT
Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (100 psi g), 35°C (95°F) for flows at other conditions use Correction Factors below.

CFT – Correction Factors Temperature


°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Oil Lubricated
Compressors
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.55 1.90

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Oil Free
Compressors
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.05

CFP – Correction Factors Pressure


bar g 3 4 5 6 7 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

psi g 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 2.00 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 34


CFD – Correction Factors Inlet Dewpoint
It is assumed inlet oil vapour concentration does not exceed 0.05mg/m3 at 35°C (95°F).
CDD Correction For applications with higher oil vapour concentrations, please contact Parker domnick hunter
°C °F
Dewpoint Factor for accurate sizing.
Filter Selection – Grade OVR
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  OIL-X OVR

Dry -70 to +3 -100 to +38 1.00 To correctly select an OVR oil vapour removal filter, the flow rate of the OVR must be adjusted
for the minimum operating pressure, maximum operational temperature and pressure
dewpoint of the system.
Wet +3 and above +38 and above 4.00
1. Obtain the minimum operating pressure, maximum inlet temperature, maximum
compressed air flow rate and dewpoint of the compressed air at the inlet of the OVR.
2. Select correction factor for maximum inlet temperature from the CFT table to compressor
type (always round up e.g. for 37°C use 40°C correction factor).
3. Select correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFP table that corresponds
type (always round down e.g. for 5.3 bar use 5 bar correction factor).
4. Select correction factor for pressure dewpoint from the CFD table.
5. Calculate minimum filtration capacity.
Minimum filtration Capacity = Compressed Air Flow x CFT x CFP x CFD
6. Using the minimum filtration capacity, select an OVR model from the flow rate tables above
(OVR selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the minimum filtration capacity).
If the minimum filtration capacity exceeds the maximum values of the models shown within the
tables, please contact Parker domnick hunter for advice regarding larger multi-banked units.

Weights and Dimensions


Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model Port Size
mm in mm in mm in kg lbs

OVR300H XX 2" 792 31.2 245 9.6 230 9.1 28.5 62.8

OVR350H XX 2" 1009 39.7 590 23.2 550 21.7 62.5 137.8

OVR400H XX 2" 1009 39.7 735 28.9 550 21.7 71.5 157.6

OVR450I XX 2½" 1009 39.7 888 35.0 550 21.7 92.8 204.6

OVR500I XX 2½" 1009 39.7 1065 41.9 550 21.7 100.6 221.8

OVR550I XX 2½" 1009 39.7 1234 48.6 550 21.7 122.0 269.0

G=BSPP / N=NPT

35
Compressed

COMPRESSED AIR FILTER ACCESSORIES


Air Filter
Accessories
To ensure consistent filtration performance
in every application, we offer optional
accessories and replacement spare parts
for Parker compressed air filters.
Available accessories include incident monitors, fixing clamps,
mounting brackets, oil vapour indicators, replacement drains
and O-ring kits.
Tie Rod Kits Differential Pressure
Part Number Filter Model/Number of
Monitor(s) and Gauge(s)
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  ACCESSORIES

TRK1-2 010 x2 Part Number Filter Model/Number of

TRK2-2 015-020 x2 and 015-020 x3


DPIK DPI 010-030
TRK3-2 025-030 x2 and 025-030 x3
ZD90GL DP Gauge 035-055
TRK4-2 035-045 x2 and 035-045 x3
DP Analogue Gauge 035-055
TRK5-2 050-055 x2 and 050-055 x3 ZDE90GL
(Calibrated with Reed contact)

DPM-060 DPM kit 060 G4"

Filter Wall Mount Brackets


(for single filter)
ZD95FL DPG Analogue for 065-095 Flanged Filter

DPG Analogue for 065-095 Flanged Filter


ZDE95FL
with REED contact

Part Number Filter Model/Number of

MBK1-1 010 x1 Automatic Float


MBK2-1 015-020 x1
and Manual Drains
MBK3-1 025-030 x1

MBK4-1 035-045 x1 Part Number Filter Model/Number of

MBK5-1 050-055 x1
PD15NO Float auto 010-055

Manual drain 010-055


EM1

Filter Wall Mount Brackets


(max op 20 bar g)

HDF120A Float auto 060

(for 2 or 3 in series) 605006470 Manual drain 060

Part Number Filter Model/Number of

MBK1-2 010 x2 and x3


Zero Loss ED
MBK2-2 015-020 x2 and x3 Electronic Drain
MBK3-2 025-030 x2 and x3
Part Number Filter Model/Number of
MBK4-2 035-045 x2 and x3

MBK5-2 050-055 x2 and x3 ED3002-G230 010 to 030

ED3004-G230 035 to 055

ED3007-G230 060

ED3002 mounting
MK-G15-G10I
kit G ½"
ED3004-3100 mounting
MK-G25-G15
kit G ½"

Unless stated otherwise, all differential pressure monitors,


gauges and drains have max operating pressure 16 bar g.

37
Compressed

COMPRESSED AIR FILTER ELEMENTS


Air Filter
Elements
As industry leaders in filtration technology,
Parker offer a range of highly specialised
replacement filter elements, to ensure
continuous high quality compressed air.
Over time, the build-up of retained particles can drastically
reduce filtration performance, so it’s essential to change
filter elements at the advised interval.
OIL-X EVOLUTION Part Number Part Number

040ACS K017 (AA)

045ACS K030 (AA)


COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  ELEMENTS

050ACS K058 (AA)

055ACS K145 (AA)

0200ACS K220 (AA)

010AA and 010AC K330 (AA)

015AA and 015AC K430 (AA)

020AA and 020AC K620 (AA)

025AA and 025DAC K006AC

025AA and 025EAC K013AC


Part Number K025AC
030AA and 030AC

005AO 100OVR K040AC

010AO 300OVR K065AC

015AO 350OVR K085AC

020AO 400OVR

025AO 450OVR GL
030AO 500OVR

035AO 550OVR

040AO

045AO
OIL-X Plus
Advantage
050AO

055AO

0200AO

005AA

010AA

015AA
Part Number
020AA

025AA CP1008A

030AA CP1008VL

035AA CP1008ZL

040AA CP1008XL
Part Number
045AA CP2010A

050AA K009 (AO) CP2010VL

055AA K017 (AO) CP2010ZL

0200AA K030 (AO) CP2010XL

005ACS K058 (AO) CP2020A

010ACS K145 (AO) CP2020VL

015ACS K220 (AO) CP2020ZL

020ACS K330 (AO) CP2020XL

025ACS K430 (AO) CP3025A

030ACS K620 (AO) CP3025VL

035ACS K009 (AA) CP3025ZL

39
Part Number Part Number Part Number

CP3025XL 2010V 3075XP4

CP3040A 2020V 5075XP4

COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  ELEMENTS


CP3040VL 2030V 1030A

CP3040ZL 2050V 1050A

CP3040XL 3050V 1070A

CP4040A 3075V 1140A

CP4040VL 5060V 2010A

CP4040ZL 5075V 2020A

CP4040XL 1030ZP 2030A

CP4050A 1050ZP 2050A

CP4050VL 1070ZP 3050A

CP4050ZL 1140ZP 5060A

CP4050XL 2010ZP 3075A

CP4065A 2020ZP 5075A

CP4065VL 2030ZP 1030V/LV

CP4065ZL 2050ZP 1050V/LV

CP4065XL 3050ZP 1070V/LV

CP5065A 5060ZP 1140V/LV

CP5065VL 3075ZP 2010V/LV

CP5065ZL 5075ZP 2020V/LV

CP5065XL 1030XP 2030V/LV

CP5080A 1050XP 2050V/LV

CP5080VL 1070XP 3050V/LV

CP5080ZL 1140XP 3075V/LV

CP5080XL 2010XP 5060V/LV

2020XP 5075V/LV

G/GH/LV/F 2030XP 1030ZP/LV

2050XP 1050ZP/LV

3050XP 1070ZP/LV

5060XP 1140ZP/LV

3075XP 2010ZP/LV

5075XP 2020ZP/LV

1030XP4 2030ZP/LV

1050XP4 2050ZP/LV

1070XP4 3050ZP/LV

1140XP4 3075ZP/LV

2010XP4 5060ZP/LV
Part Number 2020XP4 5075ZP/LV

1030V 2030XP4 1030XP/LV

1050V 2050XP4 1050XP/LV

1070V 3050XP4 1070XP/LV

1140V 5060XP4 1140XP/LV

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 40


Part Number Part Number

2010XP/LV 5060XHTNX/WH

2020XP/LV 5075XHTNX/WH
COMPRESSED AIR FILTERS  ELEMENTS

2030XP/LV 1030ZHTCR/V

2050XP/LV 1050ZHTCR/V

3050XP/LV 1070ZHTCR/V

3075XP/LV 1140ZHTCR/V

5060XP/LV 2010ZHTCR/V

5075XP/LV 2020ZHTCR/V

1030A/LV 2030ZHTCR/V

1050A/LV 2050ZHTCR/V

1070A/LV 3050ZHTCR/VWH

1140A/LV 3075ZHTCR/VWH

2010A/LV 5060ZHTCR/VWH

2020A/LV 5075ZHTCR/VWH

2030A/LV 1030XHTCR/V

2050A/LV 1050XHTCR/V

3050A/LV 1070XHTCR/V

3075A/LV 1140XHTCR/V

5060A/LV 2010ZXHTCR/V

5075A/LV 2020XHTCR/V

1030ZHTNX 2030XHTCR/V

1050ZHTNX 2050XHTCR/V

1070ZHTNX 3050XHTCR/VWH

1140ZHTNX 3075XHTCR/VWH

2010ZHTNX 5060XHTCR/VWH

2020ZHTNX 5075XHTCR/VWH

2030ZHTNX

2050ZHTNX

3050ZHTNX/WH

3075ZHTNX/WH

5060ZHTNX/WH

5075ZHTNX/WH

1030XHTNX

1050XHTNX

1070XHTNX

1140XHTNX

2010XHTNX

2020XHTNX

2030XHTNX

2050XHTNX

3050XHTNX/WH

3075XHTNX/WH

41
For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe
COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS
Compressed

COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS


Air Drains
Parker compressed air drains are the
best way to protect and extend the life
of compressed air equipment such as
gaskets and hoses.
We offer a full range of compressed air drains to remove
condensation from the air system. This includes our timer
and zero loss air drains, engineered to ensure a constant
air flow in critical system applications.
Ecodrain ED3000 Series
COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS  ECODRAIN ED3000 SERIES

Electronic Level Sensing


Condensate Drains
Automatic zero air loss condensate drains
for industrial compressed air treatment
applications.
When the control of a condensate drain is not level controlled
but exclusively time-based, it employs preset values for valve
operating times and intervals. However, since the amount of
condensate in a compressed air system changes constantly
(e.g. summer/winter, maximum/part load) this can sometimes
cause problems for time-controlled condensate drains. ED3000
Series level sensing condensate drains use internal sensors
to determine the exact moment to discharge condensate. This
results in a minimised number of switching cycles and thus a
maximum service life of the drain valve.

Diagrams:
ED3002 - 0,5KG

ED3004 - 0,5KG

ED3007 - 1,0KG
ED3030 - 1,1KG

ED3100 - 1,5KG

45
Technical Data
Capacity Capacity Capacity Max.
Compressor1 Dryer1 Filter1,2 Pressure Power Connection
Model
Supply DIN ISO228
m³/h m³/h m³/h bar

COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS  ECODRAIN ED3000 SERIES


ED3002-G230 - - 720 16 230 V, 50-60 Hz G3/8

ED3004-G230 240 480 2,400 16 230 V, 50-60 Hz 1xG1/2

ED3007-G230 420 840 4,200 16 230 V, 50-60 Hz 2xG1/2

ED3030-G230 1,800 3,600 18,000 16 230 V, 50-60 Hz 2xG1/2

ED3100-G230 6,000 12,000 60,000 16 230 V, 50-60 Hz 2xG1/2

ED3007-G24D 420 840 4,200 16 24 V DC 2xG1/2

ED3030-G24D 1,800 3,600 18,000 16 24 V DC 2xG1/2

ED3100-G24D 6,000 12,000 60,000 16 24 V DC 2xG1/2

1
Calculated at 1 bar(a) and 20°C, compressed to 50 bar working pressure, compressor inlet 25°C, at 60% r.H.,
compressor discharge temperature 35°C, dewpoint fridge dryer 3°C
2
Condensate from aftercooler or refridgeration dryer already removed
Standard version with BSP thread (G) for 230V/50 - 60Hz supply voltage (230).
Alternatively, versions with NPT thread (N) or 115 V/50 - 60Hz (115) or 24 V/50-60Hz (024) are available.

Service Kits

Model Description

SKED3000 ED3000 service kit

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 46


Zander

ED4100 Series Electronic


COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS  ED4100 SERIES

Level Sensing Condensate


Drains
Automatic zero air loss level sensing condensate
drains for industrial compressed air treatment
applications up to 50 bar g.
The safe and reliable removal of large amounts of condensate,
especially at critical installation points, such as compressor
aftercoolers, storage vessels, and separators (where
approximately 70 to 80% of condensate arises) really make
Parker Zander's ED4100 range of condensate drains stand out.
The ED4100's integrated dirt filter, large valve cross-section,
direct controlled 2/2-way solenoid valve and capacitive level
sensing allows for the safe, reliable, and economical removal
of condensate, whilst simultaneously preventing any loss of
compressed air.

Diagrams:
ED3002 - 0,5KG

Technical Data
Capacity Capacity Capacity Max.
Compressor1 Dryer1 Filter1,2 Pressure Power
Model Connection
Supply
m³/h m³/h m³/h bar

ED4100/50-G230 6,000 12,000 60,000 50 230 V, 50-60 Hz G1/2

ED4100/50-N115 6,000 12,000 60,000 50 115 V, 50-60 Hz NPT1/2"

ED4100/50-G24D 6,000 12,000 60,000 50 24 VDC G1/2

1
Calculated at 1 bar(a) and 20°C, compressed to 50 bar working pressure, compressor inlet 25°C, at 60% r.H., compressor discharge temperature 35°C,
dewpoint fridge dryer 3°C
2
Condensate from aftercooler or refridgeration dryer already removed

Model Description

EHT-ED4100-G230 Heater PN30, G 1/2, 230 VAC

EHT-ED4100-N115 Heater PN30, G 1/2, 115 VAC

47
Hiross

CDV Series Time Controlled

COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS  CDV SERIES


Condensate Drains
Automatic time controlled condensate drains
for industrial compressed air treatment
applications.
The Parker Hiross CDV range of time controlled drains are
designed to remove condensate from compressed air systems.
They use a solenoid valve in combination with an electronic timer.
The drains are compact and can be installed on all compressed
air system components like compressors, aftercoolers, dryers,
filters and pressure vessels, regardless of their size or capacity.
CDV condensate drains are ready to use directly from installation
and after adjusting the interval and discharge times accordingly.
Any further manual drainage can be omitted.

Diagrams:
CDV SERIES

W D

Technical Data
Construction Materials Air/Gas Flow Without Dryer Connections Max p. Power
Model Supply
Body Float Lever m³/h m³/min In Out bar g

CDV12024 plastic / brass 9.000 150 ½" 16 24/1/50-60

CDV120115 plastic / brass 9.000 150 ½" 16 115/1/50-60

CDV120230 plastic / brass 9.000 150 ½" 16 230/1/50-60

CDV120230HP plastic / brass 9.000 150 ½" 50 230/1/50-60

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions (mm) Weight
Model
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) (kg)

CDV12024 90 110 90 0,7

CDV120115 90 110 90 0,7

CDV120230 90 110 90 0,7

CDV120230HP 90 110 90 0,7

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 48


Zander

Traptronic TRAP
COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS  TRAPTRONIC SERIES

Series Time Controlled


Condensate Drains
Time controlled condensate drains for industrial
compressed air treatment applications.
The Parker Zander Traptronic range of time controlled drains are
designed to remove condensate from compressed air systems.
They use a solenoid valve in combination with an electronic timer.

The units are compact and can be installed on all compressed


air system components like compressors, aftercoolers, dryers,
filters and pressure vessels, regardless of their size or capacity.
The condensate drain is ready to use directly after installation
and adjusting the interval and discharge times. Any further
manual drainage can be omitted.

Diagrams:
TRAP 2/250 – 2/400

TRAP 22

TRAP 250

49
Technical Data
Capacity Max.
Capacity Dryer1 Capacity Filter1 Connection
Model Compressor1 Pressure Power Supply
(m³/h) (m³/h) DIN ISO 228
(m³/h) (bar)

COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS  TRAPTRONIC SERIES


TRAP22-G230/J 4,000 8,000 24,000 16 230 V, 50-60 Hz G3/8

TRAP22-G115/J 4,000 8,000 24,000 16 115 V, 50-60 Hz G3/8

TRAP22-G24D/J 4,000 8,000 24,000 16 24 V DC G3/8

TRAP2/100-G230/P 4,000 8,000 24,000 100 230 V, 50-60 Hz G1/4

TRAP2/100-G115/P 4,000 8,000 24,000 100 115 V, 50-60 Hz G1/4

TRAP2/100-G24D/P 4,000 8,000 24,000 100 24 V DC G1/4

TRAP2/350-G230/J 4,000 8,000 24,000 350 230 V, 50-60 Hz G1/4

TRAP2/350-G115/J 4,000 8,000 24,000 350 115 V, 50-60 Hz G1/4

TRAP2/350-G24D/J 4,000 8,000 24,000 350 24 V DC G1/4

TRAP2/400-G230/C 4,000 8,000 24,000 400 230 V, 50-60 Hz G1/4, G3/8

TRAP2/400-G115/C 4,000 8,000 24,000 400 115 V, 50-60 Hz G1/4, G3/8

TRAP2/400-G24D/C 4,000 8,000 24,000 400 24 V DC G1/4, G3/8

1
Calculated at 1 bar(a) and 20°C at 7 bar working pressure, compressor inlet 25°C, at 60% r.H., compressor discharge temperature 35°C, dewpoint fridge dryer 3°C

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 50


Hiross

HDF Series Zero Loss


COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS  HDF SERIES

Mechanical Float
Condensate Drains
Parker Hiross HDF series zero loss mechanical
float condensate drains for industrial compressed
air treatment applications.
HDF series drains are compact and highly reliable automatic float
controlled condensate drains for industrial compressed air treatment
applications. Due to the fact that the drain never runs completely dry,
no air is lost during the discharge process. HDF series condensate
drains therefore reduce the waste of compressed air which has a
positive effect on the efficiency of the whole compressed air system.

Diagrams:
HDF120-180

HDF220
H

D W D W

Technical Data

Construction Materials Air/Gas Flow Without Dryer Connections Max p. Power


Model
Supply
Body Float Lever m3/h m3/min In Out bar g
External float drains (with built-in air vent)

HDF120A alumin. plastic plastic 5.400 90 1/2" 1/2" 16 -

HDF180A alumin. plastic plastic 6.000 100 1" 1/2" 16 -

HDF220A alumin. plastic plastic 15.000 250 1" 1/2" 16 -

External float drains (without air vent)

HDF120 alumin. plastic plastic 5.400 90 1/2" 1/2" 16 -

HDF180 alumin. plastic plastic 6.000 100 1" 1/2" 16 -

HDF220 alumin. plastic plastic 15.000 250 1" 1/2" 16 -

External float drains (NPT connection – with built in vent)

HDF120NPTA alumin. plastic plastic 5.400 90 1/2 " NPT 1/2" 16 -

HDF180NPTA alumin. plastic plastic 6.000 100 1" NPT 1/2" 16 -

HDF220NPTA alumin. plastic plastic 15.000 250 1" NPT 1/2" 16 -

External float drains BioEnergy

HDF220BE alumin. plastic/st steel plastic/st steel 6.500 108 1” 1/2" 1 -

51
Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions (mm) Weight


Model
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) (kg)

COMPRESSED AIR DRAINS  HDF SERIES


External float drains (with built-in air vent)

HDF120A 156 111 108 0,9

HDF180A 156 111 108 0,9

HDF220A 266 111 108 1,9

External float drains (without air vent)

HDF120 156 111 108 0,9

HDF180 156 111 108 0,9

HDF220 266 111 108 1,9

External float drains (NPT connection – with built in vent)

HDF120NPTA 156 111 108 0,9

HDF180NPTA 156 111 108 0,9

HDF220NPTA 266 111 108 1,9

External float drains BioEnergy

HDF220BE 266 111 108 1,9

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 52


OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
Oil/Water

OIL/WATER SEPARATORS  ES2000 SERIES


OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
Separators
Our environmentally friendly oil/water
separators keep you on the right side
of waste disposal regulations.
Discharging oil contaminated condensate from your compressed
air system can be harmful to the environment and is usually
illegal. Parker oil/water separator solutions ensure full
compliance through safe and efficient on-site oil disposal.

54
ES2000 Series
OIL/WATER SEPARATORS  ES2000 SERIES
OIL/WATER SEPARATORS

Oil/Water Separators
Providing a simple, economical and environmentally
friendly solution for the effective removal of oily
condensate from a compressed air system.
Oil/water separators are installed as part of the compressed air
purification system and are designed to reduce the oil concentration
in the collected condensate.

The oily condensate that is removed from the compressed air


system cannot be discharged directly to the foul sewer without
the oil content being reduced to within legal disposal limits.

By reducing the oil concentration in water to permitted levels,


discharge can be safely directed to the foul sewer meaning large
volumes of clean water, up to 99.9% of the total condensate, can
be safely disposed of. This leaves a relatively small amount of
concentrated oil to be disposed of legitimately and economically.

Oily condensate from the compressed air system enters the ES2000
series oil/water separator under pressure, and is allowed to expand
in the specially designed centrifugal inlet chamber. During a
six-stage process, the water and oil are separated, allowing the
cleaned water to be safely discharged to the foul sewer through the
outlet, whilst the drained oil is collected in an external oil container
where it can be disposed of according to legal requirements.

Diagrams:
ES2100

ES2150 - ES2600

H
H

D W W

55
Technical Data

Inlet Outlet Hose Settlement Min./Max. Temperature Material


Model Max. Pressure
Connections Connections Tank Capacity °C °F (recyclable)

OIL/WATER SEPARATORS  ES2000 SERIES


1 x 1/2”
ES210 19mm (3/4”) – – 16 bar g (232 psi g) 5 to 35 41 to 95 Polyethylene
1 x 1/4"
1 x 1/2”
ES2150 25mm (1”) 60 litres 16 US G 16 bar g (232 psi g) 5 to 35 41 to 95 Polyethylene
1 x 1/4"
1x ”1/2
ES2200 19mm (3/4”) 75 litres 20 US G 16 bar g (232 psi g) 5 to 35 41 to 95 Polyethylene
1 x 1/4"
1 x 1/2”
ES2300 25mm (1”) 125 litres 33 US G 16 bar g (232 psi g) 5 to 35 41 to 95 Polyethylene
3 x 1/4"
1 x 1/2”
ES2400 25mm (1”) 185 litres 49 US G 16 bar g (232 psi g) 5 to 35 41 to 95 Polyethylene
3 x 1/4"
1 x 1/2”
ES2500 25mm (1”) 355 litres 94 US G 16 bar g (232 psi g) 5 to 35 41 to 95 Polyethylene
3 x 1/4"
1 x 1/2”
ES2600 25mm (1”) 485 litres 128 US G 16 bar g (232 psi g) 5 to 35 41 to 95 Polyethylene
3 x 1/4"

Weights and Dimensions


Weight
Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Model Empty Full
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs kg lbs
ES2100 842 33.1 250 9.8 315 12.4 6 13 24.5 154

ES2150 810 31.9 350 13.8 430 16.9 10 22 78.5 173

ES2200 805 31.7 350 13.8 450 17.7 12 26 93.5 206

ES2300 1195 47.0 500 19.7 800 31.5 27 59 159 350

ES2400 1195 47.0 650 26.6 800 31.5 36 79 217 477

ES2500 1535 60.4 700 27.6 985 38.8 70 154 400 880

ES2600 1535 60.4 1000 39.4 1010 39.8 97 214 550 1210

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 56


56
Oil/Water Separator
OIL/WATER SEPARATORS  ES2000 SERIES
OIL/WATER SEPARATORS  MAINTENANCE KITS

Maintenance Kits
Replacement carbon bags and pre-filters for
ES/ES2000 and SE Series oil/water separators.
It is recommended to replace an oil/water separator’s carbon
bags every 3 months or sooner if discharged water quality is
equal to or exceeds maximum permitted levels for oil in water
allowed by local legislation. Each maintenance kit consists of
an activated carbon bag and adsorbent pre-filter.

Discharge water quality should be checked frequently. Oil in


water content cannot be accurately determined from visual
inspection, laboratory analysis must be used.

Used carbon bags and oil removed must be disposed of in a legal


and responsible manner and in accordance with local legislation.

Maintenance Kits

Quantity
To Suit Separator Models Maintenance Kits
Required

ES2100 and ES2100/TI 1 ESMK1

ES2150 and ES2150/TI 1 ESMK1

ES2200 and ES2200/TI 1 ESMK1

ES36 1 ESMK1

ES90 1 ESMK1

SE2010 1 ESMK1

SE2015 1 ESMK1

SE2030/SE2030P 2 ESMK1

ES2300 and ES2300/TI 1 ESMK2

ES125 1 ESMK2

ES2400 and ES2400/TI 2 ESMK2

2ES250 2 ESMK2

ES2500 and ES2500/TI 1 ESMK3

ES500 1 ESMK3

ES2600 and ES2600/TI 2 ESMK3

ES1000 2 ESMK3

Service Kits – Vent Filters

Model Vent Filter

ES2100 ESV1

ES2150 ESV1

ES2200 ESV1

ES2300 ESV2

ES2400 ESV2

ES2500 ESV2

ES2600 ESV2

57
Oil/Water Separator

OIL/WATER SEPARATORS  PRODUCT SELECTOR


Product Selector Ambient temperature at compressor inlet 25°C (77°F)

There are many factors which play a part in the selection of a static Relative humidity 65%
oil/water separator, with ambient conditions of the installation and
oil type being the most important. Should the oil/water separator be Compressor discharge temperature 35°C (95°F)

installed in conditions other than those shown, please contact your Refrigeration dryer dewpoint if fitted 2°C (35°F)
local Parker outlet or approved distributor/agent for correct sizing.
Min. system temp. without refrigeration dryer 30°C (86°F)

System pressure 7 bar g (102 psi g)

Outlet quality <20mg/l oil in water

Oil Type
No Refrigeration Dryer Band A Band B Band C
Installed in System
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG

m/3
m/3
m3/
Compressor Type Model L/s m3/hr cfm L/s m3/hr cfm L/s m3/hr cfm
min min min
ES2100 20 1.2 74 43 17 1.0 62 36 14 0.9 51 30

ES2150 59 3.5 211 124 50 3.0 179 106 40 2.4 146 86

ES2200 90 5.4 325 191 77 4.6 276 162 62 3.7 224 132

Rotary Screw, Vane ES2300 127 7.6 456 268 106 6.4 383 225 87 5.2 314 185

ES2400 252 15.1 909 535 212 12.7 764 450 174 10.5 628 370

ES2500 501 30.1 1804 1062 425 25.5 1530 900 346 20.8 1247 734

ES2600 997 59.8 3590 2113 849 51.0 3057 1800 689 41.4 2482 1461

Oil Type
Refrigeration Dryer Band A Band B Band C
Installed in System
Turbine, Additive Free Mineral, PAO, TMP, PE Diesters, Triesters, PAG

m3/ m3/ m3/


Compressor Type Model L/s m3/hr cfm L/s m3/hr cfm L/s m3/hr cfm
min min min
ES2100 15 0.9 55 33 13 0.8 46 27 10 0.6 38 22

ES2150 44 2.6 158 93 37 2.2 134 79 30 1.8 109 64

ES2200 67 4.1 243 143 57 3.4 207 122 47 2.8 168 99

Rotary Screw, Vane ES2300 95 5.7 516 201 79 4.8 286 169 65 3.9 235 138

ES2400 189 11.3 680 400 159 9.5 572 337 130 7.8 470 277

ES2500 375 22.5 1351 795 318 19.1 1145 674 259 15.6 934 549

ES2600 746 44.8 2687 1582 635 38.1 2288 1347 516 31.0 1858 1093

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 58


COMPRESSED AIR EXHAUST SILENCERS
Compressed

COMPRESSED AIR EXHAUST SILENCERS


Air Exhaust
Silencers
Parker compressed air exhaust silencers are
the environmentally friendly and efficient
solution to oil mist contamination and noise
pollution for pneumatic systems.
Oil mist removal and noise level reduction to accepted
safety standards promotes a healthier, cleaner, safer
working environment.
Mist-X Exhaust Silencer/
COMPRESSED AIR EXHAUST SILENCERS  MIST-X

Mist Eliminator
Prevents oil mist from exhausted compressed
air entering the atmosphere and also reduces
excessive exhaust noise to accepted safety
standards, providing a healthier working
environment.
Exhaust air from various pneumatic components, such as valves
and cylinders often contains a significant amount of oil mist, which
can be harmful to the working environment. Expanding exhaust
air also produces both sudden and excessive noise, at levels
generally above accepted safety standards which makes the
working environment both unpleasant and unsafe.

By using a Parker domnick hunter Mist-X exhaust silencer/mist


eliminator, oil mist is removed from the exhaust air and collected,
preventing contamination entering the atmosphere. Additionally,
noise is also reduced to accepted safety standards, thereby creating
a healthier working environment.

During operation, the Mist-X coalesces oil mist which is then


collected in an integral translucent oil container. The oil is drained
periodically by removing the drain cap or piped away using 6mm
(1/4") plastic tubing. The coalescing media is specially designed to
absorb the sudden shock of exhaust air. By allowing expansion to
occur in a controlled manner, noise levels are greatly reduced.

The Mist-X exhaust silencer/mist eliminator is disposable and


should be changed when the back pressure becomes excessive
for your particular application.

Diagrams:
MIST-X

A
B

61
Technical Data
Flow Rates
Port Size 7 bar g (100 psi)
Model
BSPP/NPT
l/s cfm m3/hr

COMPRESSED AIR EXHAUST SILENCERS  MIST-X


MIST-X 25 0.5" 25 53 90

MIST-X 50 1" 50 105 180

MIST-X 150 1.5" 150 315 540

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions Weight
Model A B C D
mm ins mm ins mm ins mm ins g oz

MIST-X 25 60 2.4 113 4.4 12 0.5 6 0.25 100 3.5

MIST-X 50 60 2.4 161 6.3 12 0.5 6 0.25 140 5

MIST-X 150 86 3.4 206 8.1 12 0.5 6 0.25 370 13

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 62


Zander

FS Series
COMPRESSED AIR EXHAUST SILENCERS  FS SERIES

Filter Silencers
Filter silencers for noise level reduction
and filtration of expanding air.
Parker Zander filter silencers are the result of careful construction
and manufacturing. They can be used in all industrial applications
where compressed air is released from atmospheric pressure.
With this tension release, solid particles, condensation and oil
content represent a high burden at workplaces, together with
the noise development during expansion. Parker Zander filter
silencers reduce the noise level by approx. 40 db(A) and achieve
an effective degree of filtration greater than 99.99%. They come
ready to use and are applicable for volume flows up to 180m³/h
with maximum operating temperatures of 100°C.

Diagrams:
FS SERIES

Technical Data

Capacity* Connection Max. Pressure


Model
m3/h DIN ISO 228 bar

FS3 100 G1/2 16

FS4 100 G3/4 16

FS5 180 G1 16

*Calculated at 1 bar and 20°C

63
Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions (mm) Weight


Model
A B D kg

COMPRESSED AIR EXHAUST SILENCERS  FS SERIES


FS3 90 180 90 1.0

FS4 90 180 90 1.0

FS5 110 252 100 2.5

Spares Standard Accessories

Model Element Type Description

LS3/ZR BFH/FS3 Wall bracket for FS3

LS3/ZR BFH/FS4 Wall bracket for FS4

LS5/ZR BFH/FS5 Wall bracket for FS5

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 64


CO2 INCIDENT PROTECTION
CO2 Incident

CO2 INCIDENT PROTECTION


Protection
CO2 incident protection from Parker is the
preferred choice in the global beverage
industry, with systems installed in over
150 countries worldwide.
Using multi-layer adsorbent technology, our systems remove
a wide range of potential CO 2 impurities, guaranteeing safe,
high quality gaseous carbon dioxide for use in sparkling
beverage bottling.
PCO2 Carbon Dioxide
CO2 INCIDENT PROTECTION  PCO2

Quality Incident
Protection Systems
Guarantees in-plant CO2 quality so it remains
within industry guidelines, preventing
accidental product contamination during
the sparkling beverage bottling process.
PCO2 Carbon Dioxide Quality Incident Protection Systems
from Parker domnick hunter offer a comprehensive solution
to preserve and guarantee the quality of gaseous carbon
dioxide used in sparkling beverage bottling.

Using multi-layer adsorbent technology, the Parker domnick


hunter PCO2 range includes Maxi PCO2 and Mplus PCO2
for plant scale protection.

Operating as a Quality Incident Protection removing a wide range


of potential carbon dioxide impurities, the system guarantees
the gas quality so it remains within industry and company
guidelines, preventing detrimental consequences to the
end beverage, producers' reputation and their bottom-line.

PCO2 is the beverage industry preferred choice and is installed


in over 150 countries worldwide.

Diagrams:
MAXI PCO2 0-1

MAXI PCO2 2-3


MPLUS 4000

MPLUS 10000

67
Product Selection
Data is based on 20.7 bar g (300 psi g). For flow rates at other pressures, Stated flow rates are at 20.7 bar g (300 psi g). For flows at other pressures apply the correction
factors shown below.

Flow Rate
Model

CO2 INCIDENT PROTECTION  PCO2


kg/h lb/h

Maxi PCO2 - 0 150 330

Maxi PCO2 - 1 300 661

Maxi PCO2 - 2 600 1322

Maxi PCO2 - 3 900 1980

MPlus PCO2 4000 1814 4000

MPlus PCO2 6000 2722 6000

MPlus PCO2 8000 3629 8000

MPlus PCO2 10000 4537 10000

Technical Data
Max. Operating Pressure Min. Operating Temperature Max. Operating Temperature
Inlet CO2
Model Quality*
bar g psi g °C °F °C °F

20.7 (24.1 300 (350 ISBT beverage


Maxi PCO2 -20 -4 40 104
optional) optional) grade CO2

20.7 (24.1 300 (350 ISBT beverage


MPlus PCO2 -20 -4 40 104
optional) optional) grade CO2

*PCO2 CO2 Systems are for gaseous CO2 only

Pressure Correction Factors

Inlet bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Pressure psi g 44 58 73 87 102 116 130 145 160 174 189

Correction Factor 0.19 0.23 0.28 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.47 0.52 0.57 0.61 0.66

Inlet bar g 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Pressure psi g 203 218 232 247 261 275 290 304 319 333 348

Correction Factor 0.71 0.76 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1 1 1 1 1

Weights and Dimensions

Systems Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Clearance* Weight


Model
Connections# mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lbs

Maxi PCO2 - 0 G1 615 24.2 250 9.8 322 12.7 510 20.0 32 70

Maxi PCO2 - 1 G1 621 24.5 250 9.8 464 18.3 510 20.0 48 106

Maxi PCO2 - 2 G1 621 24.5 250 9.8 788 31.0 510 20.0 92 203

Maxi PCO2 - 3 G1 621 24.5 250 9.8 1113 43.8 510 20.0 130 287

MPlus PCO2 4000 G2† 1390 54.7 450 17.7 741 29.2 1155 45.5 270 596

MPlus PCO2 6000 G2† 1390 54.7 450 17.7 910 35.8 1155 45.5 348 768

MPlus PCO2 8000 G2½† 1390 54.7 450 17.7 1079 42.5 1155 45.5 434 955

MPlus PCO2 10000 G3†


1390 54.7 450 17.7 1270 50.0 1155 45.5 518 1140

#Please specify BSP or NPT †24.1 bar g (350 psi g) versions all 2” connections
*Clearance required for the removal and servicing of cartridges

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 68


PCO2 Maintenance Kits
CO2 INCIDENT PROTECTION  PCO2 MAINTENANCE KITS

Part Number For Serial Number ABOVE

Maintenance kits for PCO2 carbon dioxide quality


MAKEPC02-0-20 All
incident protection systems, containing elements
MAKPC02-0-24 All
for pre and post filter housings, cartridges, seals
MAKEPC02-0-20 PC0766
and instructions. A kit will contain all components
required for the recommended service. MAKPC02-0-24 All

MAKEPC02-1-20 PC0766
The Parker domnick hunter PCO2 range of plant scale Carbon
Dioxide Quality Incident Protection Systems comprise of Maxi MAKPC02-1-24 All
PCO2 and Mplus PCO2 models. The systems have been designed
MAKEPC02-1-20 PC0766
to incorporate six stages of purification, offering effective
quality incident protection against a combination of potential MAKPC02-1-24 All
contaminants.
MAKEPC02-2-20 PC0766
Regular planned maintenance schedules of the PCO2 System’s
adsorbent cartridges and pre and post filter elements are a MAKPC02-2-24 All
major part in ensuring total protection from a quality incident. MAKEPC02-2-20 PC0766
Complete maintenance should be undertaken every 6 months
and each model has a designated maintenance kit part number. MAKPC02-2-24 All
Details of the MAK and MAKE kit part numbers can be found
MAKEPC02-3-20 PC0766
within the user guides supplied with each system.
MAKPC02-3-24 All
The serial number of the unit will determine which maintenance
kit is required, if unsure which please refer to this instruction: MAKEPC02-3-20 PC0766

- PCO2 Systems with Oil-Xplus filters – Maxi models MAKPC02-3-24 All


(up to serial number PC0766) and Mplus (up to serial
MAKE-MPLUS4000-20 MPC0151
number MPC0151)
MAK-MPLUS4000-24 All
- PCO2 Systems with Oil-X Evolution filters – Maxi models
(from serial number PC0766 to date) and Mplus (from serial MAKE-MPLUS4000-20 MPC0151
number MPC0151 to date)
MAK-MPLUS4000-24 All
It is advised that the filter elements are changed during the same
planned maintenance schedule that the adsorbent cartridges are MAKE-MPLUS6000-20 MPC0151

replaced. Replacing the elements during the same period will MAK-MPLUS6000-24 All
reduce downtime and the amount of time that the PCO2 system
is exposed to atmosphere and potential contamination. MAKE-MPLUS6000-20 MPC0151

MAK-MPLUS6000-24 All

MAKE-MPLUS8000-20 MPC0151

MAK-MPLUS8000-24 All

MAKE-MPLUS8000-20 MPC0151

MAK-MPLUS8000-24 All

MAKE-MPLUS10000-20 MPC0151

MAK-MPLUS10000-24 All

MAKE-MPLUS10000-20 MPC0151

MAK-MPLUS10000-24 All

69
For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe
INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS
Industrial Gas

INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS


Generators
Parker is a world-leading supplier
of industrial gas generators, enabling
a continuous, or on-demand supply
of high-purity nitrogen.
Our range of industrial gas generators use proprietary
selective permeation membrane and Pressure Swing
Adsorption (PSA) technologies to produce high-purity
nitrogen from compressed air.
NITROSource PSA
INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  NITROSOURCE

Nitrogen Gas Generator


Advanced technology nitrogen gas generator
for industry leading performance; a source
of increased productivity, sustainability and
profitability. NITROSource provides nitrogen gas
of 95% to 99.9995% equivalent nitrogen purity.
The NITROSource nitrogen gas generators' unique design and
advanced energy saving technology means less compressed
air is needed to generate more nitrogen than any other gas
generator currently available. Supported by substantially lower
servicing costs, reduced downtime and a longer working life
than comparable nitrogen generators, NITROSource offers the
most cost-efficient nitrogen supply available; significantly more
affordable and safer than traditional delivery methods of supply,
such as gas cylinders and mini bulk storage.

Diagrams:
NITROSOURCE

H H

D W D

73
Product Selection
Performance data is based on 7 bar g air inlet pressure and 20°C - 25°C ambient temperature. Consult Parker for performance under specific conditions.

Nitrogen Flow Rates m3/hr vs Purity (oxygen content)


Model

INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  NITROSOURCE


5 ppm 10ppm 50ppm 100ppm 250ppm 500ppm 0.10% 0.40% 0.50% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5%

N2-20P 3.5 4.5 6.7 8.0 9.7 11.1 12.4 16.7 17.7 21.3 25.3 29.8 30.9 33.7

N2-25P 5.3 6.8 10.1 12.0 14.6 16.7 18.6 25.1 26.6 32.0 38.0 44.7 46.4 50.6

N2-35P 7.0 9.0 13.4 16.0 19.4 22.2 24.8 33.4 35.4 42.6 50.6 59.6 61.8 67.4

N2-45P 8.8 11.3 16.8 20.0 24.3 27.8 31.0 41.8 44.3 53.3 63.3 74.5 77.3 84.3

N2-55P 10.5 13.5 20.1 24.0 29.1 33.3 37.2 50.1 53.1 63.9 75.9 89.4 92.7 101.1

N2-60P 11.6 15.0 22.3 26.6 32.3 36.9 41.2 55.5 58.9 70.8 84.1 99.1 102.7 112.1

N2-65P 13.3 17.1 25.5 30.4 36.9 42.2 47.1 63.5 67.3 80.9 96.1 113.2 117.4 128.1

N2-75P 14.5 18.6 27.7 33.1 40.2 46.0 51.3 69.1 73.3 88.2 104.7 123.4 127.9 139.5

N2-80P 16.1 20.7 30.8 36.8 44.6 51.1 57.0 76.8 81.4 98.0 116.4 137.1 142.1 155.0

m3 reference standard 20°C, 1013 millibar(a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Inlet Parameters

Inlet Air Quality ISO 8573-1: 2010 Class 2.2.2 (2.2.1 with high oil vapour content)

Inlet Air Pressure Range 5-13 bar g

Electrical Parameters

Generator Supply 100 - 240 +/- 10% Vac 50/60Hz

Generator Power 55 W

Fuse 3.15 A (Anti Surge (T), 250v, 5 x 20mm HBC, Breaking Capacity 1500A @ 250v, IEC 60127, UL R/C Fuse)

Port Connections

Air Inlet G1

N2 Outlet to Buffer G1

N2 Inlet from Buffer G½

N2 Outlet G½

Weights and Dimensions

Model Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg)

N2-20P 1894 550 881 299

N2-25P 1894 550 1050 384

N2-35P 1894 550 1219 469

N2-45P 1894 550 1388 553

N2-55P 1894 550 1557 638

N2-60P 1894 550 1726 722

N2-65P 1894 550 1895 807

N2-75P 1894 550 2064 892

N2-80P 1894 550 2233 976

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 74


Part Numbers - without EST Part Numbers - with EST

Part Number O2 Purity Flow Part Number O2 Purity Flow

N2-20PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow N2-20PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow
INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  NITROSOURCE

N2-20PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow N2-20PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-20PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow N2-25PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-25PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow N2-25PBMY Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-25PBMN Low Purity (%) Medium Flow N2-25PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-25PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow N2-35PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-25PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow N2-35PBMY Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-35PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow N2-35PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-35PBMN Low Purity (%) Medium Flow N2-45PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-35PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow N2-45PBMY Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-35PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow N2-45PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-45PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow N2-55PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-45PBMN Low Purity (%) Medium Flow N2-55PBMY Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-45PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow N2-55PBHY Low Purity (%) High Flow

N2-45PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow N2-55PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-55PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow N2-60PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-55PBMN Low Purity (%) Medium Flow N2-60PBMY Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-55PBHN Low Purity (%) High Flow N2-60PBHY Low Purity (%) High Flow

N2-55PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow N2-60PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-55PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow N2-60PAMY High Purity (ppm) Medium Flow

N2-60PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow N2-65PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-60PBMN Low Purity (%) Medium Flow N2-65PBMY Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-60PBHN Low Purity (%) High Flow N2-65PBHY Low Purity (%) High Flow

N2-60PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow N2-65PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-60PAMN High Purity (ppm) Medium Flow N2-65PAMY High Purity (ppm) Medium Flow

N2-60PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow N2-75PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-65PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow N2-75PBMY Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-65PBMN Low Purity (%) Medium Flow N2-75PBHY Low Purity (%) High Flow

N2-65PBHN Low Purity (%) High Flow N2-75PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-65PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow N2-75PAMY High Purity (ppm) Medium Flow

N2-65PAMN High Purity (ppm) Medium Flow N2-80PBLY Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-65PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow N2-80PBMY Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-75PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow N2-80PBHY Low Purity (%) High Flow

N2-75PBMN Low Purity (%) Medium Flow N2-80PALY High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-75PBHN Low Purity (%) High Flow N2-80PAMY High Purity (ppm) Medium Flow

N2-75PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-75PAMN High Purity (ppm) Medium Flow

N2-75PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow

N2-80PBLN Low Purity (%) Low Flow

N2-80PBMN Low Purity (%) Medium Flow

N2-80PBHN Low Purity (%) High Flow

N2-80PALN High Purity (ppm) Low Flow

N2-80PAMN High Purity (ppm) Medium Flow

N2-80PXLN Ultra High Purity (≤10ppm) Low Flow

75
MIDIGAS PSA

INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  MIDIGAS PSA


Nitrogen Gas Generator
The cost-effective, reliable and safe solution
for small to medium nitrogen requirements.
Utilising PSA technology. MIDIGAS provides
nitrogen gas of 95% to 99.999% equivalent
nitrogen purity.
MIDIGAS nitrogen gas generators from Parker domnick hunter
produce a totally on-demand nitrogen gas supply from a standard
factory compressed air supply; a safe and reliable alternative
to delivered gas options. The compact and lightweight modular
design provides a consistent and easy to maintain solution for low
to medium flow rate on-site gas requirements.
When maintained in-line with Parker domnick hunter’s
recommendations, MIDIGAS will offer in excess of 10 years
service life from the Carbon Molecular Sieve (CMS), the material
that is used to separate nitrogen from compressed air.
The MIDIGAS range has been designed to meet multiple
industry compliance including CU TR (EAC), CE, UL, CRN and
has third party verified FDA Article 21 and European Food and
Pharmaceutical approval. MIDIGAS is also exempt from annual
PED pressure vessel inspection resulting in minimum disruption
to production.
Cascading of the generators (multi-banking) is also an option
with MIDIGAS meaning that 100% standby is available with the
addition of one extra bank, another benefit when considering
production uptime. This option also provides ease of upgrade, as
and when nitrogen requirements increase. MIDIGAS is the ideal
replacement to delivered nitrogen gas, eliminating the issues of
administration, logistics and the potential risk of running out of
gas associated with high pressure cylinders, liquid mini tanks or
bulk storage vessels.

Diagrams:
MIDGAS4

H H

D W D

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 76


Product Selection
Performance data is based on 7 bar g (100 psi g) air inlet pressure and 20°C - 25°C (66°F - 77°F) ambient temperature. Consult Parker for performance under
other specific conditions.

Nitrogen Flow Rates m3/hr vs Purity (oxygen content)


INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  MIDIGAS PSA

Model
Unit 10ppm 100ppm 250ppm 500ppm 0.1% 0.5% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5%

m /hr
3
0.55 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.4 3.4 4.3 5.8 7.2 8.4 9.4
MIDIGAS2
cfm 0.3 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.0 2.5 3.5 4.2 4.9 5.5

m3/hr 1.2 2.4 3.2 3.9 4.7 6.9 8.5 11.6 14.3 16.7 18.8
MIDIGAS4
cfm 0.7 1.4 1.9 2.3 2.8 4.1 5.0 6.8 8.4 9.8 11.1

m /hr
3
1.5 3.2 4.2 5.3 6.5 9.5 11.5 15.2 18.7 21.7 24.5
MIDIGAS6
cfm 0.9 1.9 2.5 3.1 3.8 5.6 6.8 8.9 11.0 12.8 14.4

bar g 5.6 5.4 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.7 6.0 6.0 5.8 5.7 5.6
Outlet Pressure
psi g 81 78 86 83 81 83 87 87 84 83 81

m reference standard = 20°C, 1013 millibar(a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.


3

Inlet Parameters

Inlet Air Quality ISO 8573-1:2010 Class 2.2.2 (2.2.1 with high oil vapour content)

6 - 13 bar g
Inlet Air Pressure Range 87 - 217 psi g

Electrical Parameters

Supply Voltage 115 / 230 ±10% V ac 50/60Hz

Power 80 W

Fuse 3.15A (Anti Surge (T), 250v, 5 x 20mm HBC, Breaking Capacity 1500A @ 250v, UL Listed)

Port Connections

Air Inlet G½”

N2 Outlet to Buffer G½”

N2 Inlet from Buffer G½”

N2 Outlet G½”

Weights and Dimensions

Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight


Model
mm in mm in mm in kg lb

MIDIGAS2 1034 41 450 18 471 19 98 216

MIDIGAS4 1034 41 450 18 640 26 145 320

MIDIGAS6 1034 41 450 18 809 33 196 432

77
Part Numbers

Model Part Number

MIDIGAS 2 without analyser ppm MIDIGAS2NCALN

INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  MIDIGAS PSA


MIDIGAS 2 O2 analyser ppm MIDIGAS2NCALA

MIDIGAS 2 without analyser % MIDIGAS2NCBLN

MIDIGAS 2 O2 analyser % MIDIGAS2NCBLA

MIDIGAS 2 O2 analyser % high p MIDIGAS2NCBHA

MIDIGAS 4 O2 analyser ppm MIDIGAS4NCALA

MIDIGAS 4 without analyser % MIDIGAS4NCBLN

MIDIGAS 4 O2 analyser % MIDIGAS4NCBLA

MIDIGAS 4 without analyser % high p MIDIGAS4NCBHN

MIDIGAS 4 O2 analyser % high p MIDIGAS4NCBHA

MIDIGAS 6 O2 analyser ppm MIDIGAS6NCALA

MIDIGAS 6 without analyser % MIDIGAS6NCBLN

MIDIGAS 6 O2 analyser % MIDIGAS6NCBLA

MIDIGAS 6 O2 analyser % high p MIDIGAS6NCBHA

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 78


SmartFluxx Nitrogen Gas
INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  SMARTFLUXX

Membrane Modules
SmartFluxx design optimizes highest nitrogen
capacity and lowest feed-air consumption,
keeping the modules the smallest available
on the market. SmartFluxx provides nitrogen
gas of 90% to 99.5% equivalent nitrogen purity.
Parker hollow-fibre membrane modules produce nitrogen gas
from compressed air to offer a cost-effective, reliable and safe
solution to on-site nitrogen gas generation. SmartFluxx nitrogen
membrane modules are manufactured with a life-expectancy
of over 10 years, with no performance decrease over time due
to fibre ageing during the manufacturing process.
More nitrogen per fibre is produced from Parker hollow fibre
membranes than any other in the world, together with the lowest
module pressure drop, meaning fewer membranes are needed
per nitrogen system. Gas is generated via a low pressure standard
industrial compressor resulting in operational energy savings.
The correct purity is available instantly as there is no need to
heat up the membrane to open the polymer structure, further
reducing the energy consumption, resulting in reduced CO 2
emissions. SmartFluxx offers flexible mounting solutions, a
small system footprint and no serviceable parts, meaning it
operates maintenance free.

79
Performance Data

Max. Min. Max.


Flow Rates m3/hr Temperature Temperature
Model Operating
99.5 99.0 98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0 Pressure °C °F °C °F

INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  SMARTFLUXX


bar g 0.44 0.71 1.16 1.49 1.90 2.10 13
SA604
psi g 0.26 0.42 0.68 0.88 1.12 1.24 217
2 36 50 122
bar g 3.0 3.3 3.9 4.2 4.8 4.7 13
Feed-air
Consumption
psi g 1.8 1.9 2.3 2.5 2.8 2.8 190

bar g 2.11 3.27 4.90 6.46 8.12 9.78 13


SA708
psi g 1.24 1.93 2.89 3.8 4.78 5.76 217
2 36 50 122
bar g 14.7 16.2 17.1 18.7 20.8 22.7 13
Feed-air
Consumption
psi g 8.6 9.6 10 11 12.2 13.4 190

bar g 6.1 8.5 12.3 16.5 19.5 24.3 13


SA1508
psi g 3.6 5 7.2 9.7 11.5 14.3 217
2 36 50 122
bar g 36 38 41 48 50 56 13
Feed-air
Consumption
psi g 21 22 24 28 29 33 190

bar g 6.1 8.5 12.3 16.5 19.5 24.3 13


SA1508SS
psi g 3.6 5 7.2 9.7 11.5 14.3 217
2 36 50 122
bar g 36 38 41 48 50 56 13
Feed-air
Consumption
psi g 21 22 24 28 29 33 190

bar g 37 53 78 100 125 154 9


SA15020
psi g 22 31 46 59 74 91 203
2 36 50 122
bar g 202 223 258 281 315 348 9
Feed-air
Consumption
psi g 119 131 152 165 185 205 130.5

m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C at 7 bar g

Weights, Dimensions and Connections

Connections Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight


Model
Feed-air Nitrogen Oxygen mm in mm in mm in kg lbs

SA604 G ⅜" G ⅜" G ⅜" 758 29.8 80 3.1 63 2.5 3.2 7

SA708 G ¾" G ¾" G1" 782 30.8 114 4.5 114 4.5 5.5 12

SA1508 G ¾" G ¾" G1" 1655 65.1 114 4.5 114 4.5 6.8 15

SA1508SS G ¾" G ¾" G1" 1655 65.1 114 4.5 114 4.5 18 40

SA15020 G 2½" G 2½" 3.9" 1740 68.5 280 11 280 11 46 102

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 80


HiFluxx Nitrogen Gas
INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  HIFLUXX

Membrane Modules
Membrane modules for producing nitrogen
gas at pressures up to 13 bar g from a standard
compressed air supply. HiFluxx provides
nitrogen gas of 95% to 99.5% equivalent
nitrogen purity.
Nitrogen is used as a clean, dry, inert gas primarily for removing
oxygen from products and/or processes. Parker modules
can be built into a custom-made nitrogen generator or can
be integrated with your (production) process to provide an
on-demand, continuous source of nitrogen gas. This nitrogen
gas can be used in a wide range of industries including food,
beverage, pharmaceutical, laboratory, chemical, heat treatment,
electronics, transportation, oil and gas, mining and marine.

Performance Data

3
Flow Rates m /hr Max. Min. Max.
Temperature Temperature
Model Operating
99 98 97 96 95 Pressure °C °F °C °F
bar g 0.29 0.52 0.73 0.93 1.14 13
ST304
psi g 4.20 7.54 10.6 13.5 16.5 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 2.02 2.31 2.55 2.79 3.09 13
Consumption psi g 29.3 33.5 37.0 40.5 44.8 190
bar g 0.88 1.39 1.87 2.33 2.84 13
DT304
psi g 12.8 20.2 27.1 33.8 41.2 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 5.00 5.70 6.18 6.76 7.37 13
Consumption psi g 72.5 82.7 89.6 98.0 107 190

81
Performance Data

Flow Rates m /hr


3
Max. Min. Max.
Temperature Temperature
Model Operating
99 98 97 96 95 Pressure °C °F °C °F

INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  HIFLUXX


bar g 1.37 2.08 2.75 3.41 4.14 13
TT304
psi g 19.9 30.2 39.9 49.4 60.0 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 7.53 8.30 9.07 9.90 10.80 13
Consumption psi g 109 120 131 143 157 190
bar g 0.41 0.71 1.01 1.29 1.57 13
ST504
psi g 5.95 10.3 14.6 18.7 22.8 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 2.78 3.06 3.54 3.81 4.17 13
Consumption psi g 40.3 44.4 51.3 55.2 60.5 190
bar g 0.72 1.22 1.66 2.10 2.56 13
ST604
psi g 10.4 17.7 24.1 30.5 37.1 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 4.44 5.12 5.64 6.08 6.65 13
Consumption psi g 64.4 74.2 81.8 88.2 96.4 190
bar g 2.07 3.11 3.91 5.09 6.15 13
DT604
psi g 30.0 45.1 57.0 73.8 89.2 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 11.2 12.5 13.3 14.8 16.0 13
Consumption psi g 162 181 193 215 232 190
bar g 2.81 4.25 5.62 7.02 8.40 13
TT604
psi g 40.7 61.6 81.5 102 122 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 15.8 17.4 19.1 20.4 21.8 13
Consumption psi g 229 252 277 296 316 190
bar g 2.49 4.34 5.82 7.56 9.23 13
ST608
psi g 36.1 62.9 84.4 110 134 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 16.5 18.7 20.4 22.7 24.0 13
Consumption psi g 239 271 296 329 348 190
bar g 3.96 6.90 9.35 12.0 14.9 13
ST6010
psi g 57.4 100 136 174 216 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 26.1 29.7 32.7 35.9 38.8 13
Consumption psi g 378 431 474 520 563 218
bar g 3.30 5.20 7.20 9.20 11.4 13
ST1506
psi g 48.0 73.8 104 133 165 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 20.8 22.4 25.2 27.6 29.6 13
Consumption psi g 302 325 365 400 429 218
bar g 8.25 14.2 19.5 24.7 30.0 13
DT1506-8
psi g 120 206 283 358 435 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 52.0 61.1 68.3 74.1 78.0 13
Consumption psi g 754 886 990 1074 1131 190
bar g 6.70 11.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 13
ST1508
psi g 97.2 159 217 290 362 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 42.2 47.3 52.5 60.0 65.0 13
Consumption psi g 612 686 761 820 943 218
bar g 11.0 19.0 26.0 33.0 40.0 13
ST1508SS
psi g 160 275 377 478 580 190
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 69.3 81.7 91.0 99.0 104 13
Consumption psi g 1005 1185 1320 1435 1508 218
bar g 54.0 89.0 121 161 201 9
ST15020-1
psi g 783 1290 1754 2334 2915 131
2 36 50 122
Feed-air bar g 340 381 423 483 523 9
Consumption psi g 4930 5524 6133 7003 7583 203

m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C at 7 bar g

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 82


Weights, Dimensions and Connections

Connections Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight


Model
Feed-air Nitrogen Vent mm inch mm inch mm inch kg
INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  HIFLUXX

ST304 G ⅜" G ⅜" G ⅜" 386 15.2 80 3.1 63 2.5 2.3

DT304 G ⅜" G ⅜" G ⅜" 386 15.2 145 5.7 63 2.5 4.0

TT304 G ⅜" G ⅜" G ⅜" 388 15.3 200 7.9 63 2.5 5.7

ST504 G ⅜" G ⅜" G ⅜" 520 20.5 80 3.1 63 2.5 2.6

ST604 G ⅜" G ⅜" G ⅜" 757 29.8 80 3.1 63 2.5 3.2

DT604 G ⅜" G ⅜" G ⅜" 758 29.8 145 5.7 63 2.5 6.0

TT604 G ⅜" G ⅜" G ⅜" 758 29.8 200 7.9 63 2.5 8.3

ST608 G ¾" G ¾" G1" 736 29.0 114 4.5 114 4.5 5.3

ST6010 G1" G1" G1" 736 29.0 139 5.5 139 5.5 8.1

ST1506 G ¾" G ¾" G1" 1655 65.1 100 3.9 100 3.9 5.7

DT1506-8 (<8 bar g) G ¾" G ¾" G1" 1705 67.1 296 11.7 208 8.2 15

DT1506-8 (9-13 bar g) G ¾" G ¾" 2x G1" 1732 68.2 296 11.7 208 8.2 15

ST1508 G ¾" G ¾" G1" 1655 65.1 114 4.5 114 4.5 6.8

DT1508SS G ¾" G ¾" 2x G1" 1734 68.3 296 11.7 145 5.7 39

ST15020-1 G2 ⅜" G2 ⅜" 100mm 1740 65.5 280 11.0 280 11.0 46

83
Piccolo Nitrogen Gas

INDUSTRIAL GAS GENERATORS  PICCOLO 243


Membrane Module
Small flow nitrogen membrane module, Piccolo
provides nitrogen gas of 95% to 98% equivalent
nitrogen purity.
Nitrogen is used as a clean, dry, inert gas primarily for removing
oxygen from products and/or processes. Parker modules
can be built into a custom-made nitrogen generator or can
be integrated with your (production) process to provide an
on-demand, continuous source of nitrogen gas. This nitrogen
gas can be used in a wide range of industries including food,
beverage, pharmaceutical, laboratory, chemical, heat treatment,
electronics, transportation, oil and gas, mining and marine.
Piccolo Nitrogen Gas Membrane Modules are capable of
producing nitrogen gas for applications requiring small flow with
low purity, 95 to 98%. Flow rates range between 2.5 l/s @ 7 bar g
for 98% to 6.5 l/s @ 7 bar g for 95%.

Performance Data
Max.
Min. Max.
Flow Rates m3/hr Operating
Model Temperature Temperature
Pressure
98.0 97.0 96.0 95.0 bar g °C °C

Piccolo 243 0.15 0.28 0.37 0.39 12 2 50

m3/hr refers to conditions at 1013 mbar(a) and 20°C at 7 bar g

Weights, Dimensions and Connections

Connection Height (H) Width (W) Weight


Model
Inlet Outlet mm mm kg

Piccolo 243 G ⅛" G ⅛" 374 40 0.55

Note
Parker membrane systems produce both nitrogen and oxygen enriched air. Nitrogen enriched air can cause suffocation and oxygen enriched
air causes increased fire hazards.
The oxygen enriched air is available at ambient pressure and pressure build-up of enriched oxygen at the outlet must be prevented,
otherwise a serious (reversible) decrease in performance will result. The nitrogen enriched air produced should be treated as pressurised air.

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 84


FOCUSED ON
ADSORPTION

ADSORPTION
Parker are world leaders in compressed air drying. Our range
of adsorption dryers is built on unrivalled engineering expertise,
and specified with a host of innovative technology and features.

Our mission is to deliver 100% validated air quality together


with world-leading standards of efficiency and cost-effectiveness.
Using our advanced desiccant drying process, we offer
comprehensive adsorption solutions for every system, from
compressor room to in-line and point-of-use applications
– providing optimum performance, reliability and ease of
use across the range of flow rates and dewpoints.

Equipment includes a complete range of heatless dryers


(including oil free) and vacuum regenerated dryers. Whatever
the application, Parker adsorption solutions are always designed
to deliver maximum productivity, total peace of mind and
increased economy for industrial users – all with the
reassurance of Parker engineering excellence.

OFAS
CDAS
KE-MT
ADSORPTION
MX Series
DRYER SELECTION
Compressed air dryers are installed to reduce the amount of water vapour in compressed air.
DRYER SELECTION

To ensure consistent outlet dewpoint, dryers must be sized for the maximum amount of water
vapour in the compressed air system (worst case conditions). Water vapour content is highest when
system pressure is lowest, system temperature is highest and air flow (usage) is at maximum.
In the first instance, dryer selection should be carried out using the Parker sizing and selection
software. If selection software is unavailable, correction factors should be applied to the dryer
flow rates shown within this document. Apply correction factors if the minimum operating
parameters are different to the reference conditions shown.

DRYER SELECTION EXAMPLE


Maximum Inlet Flow Rate 1500 m³/hr Minimum Temperature 10°C

Minimum Inlet Pressure 8.3 bar g Thread Type Required BSPP

Maximum Temperature 40°C Controller Required Smart

Maximum Ambient Temperature 30°C Energy Management System Required Yes

Dewpoint of Compressed Air -40°C

1. Select an appropriate dryer range from the flow rate tables


Dryer ranges providing -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP / -70°C PDP

Heatless Flows (m³/hr) Flows (cfm)

MiDAS - DAS 5.1 - 34 3 - 20

MIDI - DME 012 40 24

CDAS HL 50 - 85 55 - 300 32 - 177

OFAS HL 50 - 85 55 - 300 32 - 177

MX 102c - 108 408 - 2040 240 - 1200

K-MT 1 - 4 8 - 35 4.7 - 21

K-MT 180 - 220 2500 - 6100 1472 - 3590

Low Energy Dryers Flows (m³/hr) Flows (cfm)

MXLE 102c - 108 408 - 2040 240 - 1200

Antares ATT025 - 0340 150 - 2040 88 - 2040

WVM 420 - 14210 74 - 8364

2. Ensure the maximum and minimum operating temperatures and pressure are within
the operational parameters of the dryer range

3. Select the correction factor for maximum inlet temperature from the CFIT table

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Inlet
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

Correction Factor for 40°C = 1.04

87
4. Select the correction factor for maximum ambient temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

DRYER SELECTION
Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Correction Factor for 30°C = 1.00

5. Select the correction factor for minimum inlet pressure from the CFP table

Minimum bar g 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Inlet
Pressure psi g 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189

Correction Factor 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57

Correction Factor for 8.3 bar g = 0.89

6. Select the correction factor for the required dewpoint from the CFD

Maximum °C -20 -40 -70


Inlet
Temperature °F -4 -40 -100

Correction Factor 0.91 1 1.43

Correction Factor for -40°C PDP = 1.00

Important notes:
Temperature: Always round up to the next correction factor i.e. for 38°C select the correction factor for 40°C
Pressure: Always round down to nearest factor i.e. for 8.3 bar g select the correction factor for 8 bar g
Flow: The dryer selected must have a flow rate equal to or greater than the minimum filtration capacity

7. Calculate the minimum drying capacity


Minimum drying capacity = Compressed air flow rate x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD
Minimum drying capacity = 1500 m³/hr x 1.04 x 1.00 x 0.89 x 1.00 = 1388 m³/hr
Using the minimum drying capacity, select an MX dryer model from the literature flow rate tables
Model selected = MX106

Flow
Model
m3/hr cfm
MX 102C 408 240

MX 103C 612 360

MX 103 765 450


Single Bank MX 104 1020 600

MX 105 1275 750

MX 106 1530 900

MX 107 1785 1050

MX 108 2040 1200

8. Which controller is required?

Smart controller is required therefore model selected = MXS106

9. Is DDS Energy Management System required?


DDS Energy Management system is required therefore model selected = MXS106DS

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 88


COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS
Compressed

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS


Air Regenerative
Desiccant Dryers
Using the adsorption method, Parker
regenerative desiccant dryers remove
unwanted moisture from compressed air.
Water vapour molecules are attracted and retained when
the air is passed over a regenerative desiccant material
– a drying process designed to provide reliable and
cost-effective water vapour removal.
PNEUDRI MiDAS
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MIDAS

Small Flow Heatless


Compressed Air Dryer
Small flow compressed air dryers providing
pressure dewpoints of -70°C and -40°C with
flow rates up to 34 m³/hr @ 7 bar g.
Compressed air contamination problems can be simply avoided
by installing a Parker domnick hunter PNEUDRI MiDAS high
efficiency compressed air dryer package fitted with integrated
high efficiency filtration. The packages are suitable for use with
any compressor type and are suited to point of use applications.
Parker domnick hunter's PNEUDRI MiDAS heatless compressed
air dryers provide clean, oil-free and dry compressed air in
accordance with all editions of ISO8573-1, the international
standard for compressed air quality. They are energy efficient
and can provide pressure dewpoints of -70°C and -40°C with
flow rates up to 34 m³/hr @ 7 bar g (100 psi g).
Clean, dry air improves production efficiency and reduces
maintenance costs and downtime. Only an adsorption dryer
can provide the highest levels of dry compressed air.

Diagrams:
DAS1-7

W D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint Dewpoint
(Standard) ISO8573-1:2010 (Option 1) ISO8573-1:2010
Model
Classification (Standard) Classification (Option 1)
°C °F °C °F

MiDAS -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

91
Technical Data
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Electrical Electrical Filter Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Supply Supply Thread

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MIDAS


(Standard) (Optional) Connections
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)

230 / 1ph / 115 / 1ph /


DAS 1 - 7 4 58 12 175 2 35 50 122 55 131 BSPP or NPT <75
50Hz 60Hz

Flow Rates

Port Connection Inlet Flow Rate


Model
BSPP or NPT L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm

DAS 1 3
/8 1 0.09 5.1 3

DAS 2 3
/8 2 0.14 8.5 5

DAS 3 3
/8 3 0.23 13.6 8

DAS 4 3
/8 4 0.28 17.0 10

DAS 5 3
/8 5 0.37 22.1 13

DAS 6 3
/8 6 0.43 25.5 15

DAS 7 3
/8 7 0.57 34.0 20

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal to or
above the MDC.
Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Inlet
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Inlet
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174

Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 1.03 0.93 0.85 0.78 0.71

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Maximum °C -40 -70


Inlet
Temperature °F -40 -100

Correction Factor 1 1.43

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 92


Controller Functions

Controller Function
Model Power On Visual Dewpoint DDS - Energy Filter Dryer Fault Relay: 4-20mA
Indication Fault Display Saving Service Service Power Loss Dewpoint
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MIDAS

Indication Technology Indicator Indicator Dewpoint Re-transmission


Alarm
Sensor Failure

DAS • • • •

Recommended Filtration

Inlet
Filter Port Connection Inlet High Outlet
Model General Purpose
BSPP or NPT Efficiency Filter Dust Filter
Pre-filter

DAS1 3
/8" AO005B FX Integrated* Integrated*

DAS2 3
/8" AO005B FX Integrated* Integrated*

DAS3 3
/8" AO005B FX Integrated* Integrated*

DAS4 3
/8" AO005B FX Integrated* Integrated*

DAS5 3
/8" AO005B FX Integrated* Integrated*

DAS6 3
/8" AOP0010B F Integrated* Integrated*

DAS7 3
/8" AOP0010B F Integrated* Integrated*

*PNEUDRI MiDAS dryers include integral high efficiency pre and general purpose dust filters. = B (BSPT) or N (NPT)

Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions
Port Weight
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Connection
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

DAS1 3
/8" 422 16.6 289 11.4 149 5.9 11 24.2

DAS2 3
/8" 500 19.7 289 11.4 149 5.9 13 28.7

DAS3 3
/8" 616 24.2 289 11.4 149 5.9 16 35.3

DAS4 3
/8" 692 27.2 289 11.4 149 5.9 18 39.7

DAS5 3
/8" 847 33.3 289 11.4 149 5.9 20 44.1

DAS6 3
/8" 906 35.7 289 11.4 149 5.9 23 50.7

DAS7 3
/8" 1098 43.2 289 11.4 149 5.9 28 61.7

Part Numbers

DAS -40°C 230V /1ph/50Hz DAS -40°C 115V /1ph/60Hz

DAS1 DAS1-115-60-CSA

DAS2 DAS2-115-60-CSA

DAS3 DAS3-115-60-CSA

DAS4 DAS4-115-60-CSA

DAS5 DAS5-115-60-CSA

DAS6 DAS6-115-60-CSA

DAS7 DAS7-115-60-CSA

For a -70°C PDP application please consult the factory.

93
Zander

PNEUDRI MIDIplus

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MIDIPLUS


Medium Flow Heatless
Compressed Air Dryer
Medium flow compressed air dryers providing
pressure dewpoints of -70°C and -40°C with flow
rates up to 299 m³/hr @ 7 bar g.
Compressed air contamination problems can be simply avoided
by installing a Parker domnick hunter PNEUDRI MIDIplus high
efficiency compressed air dryer package fitted with OIL-X EVOLUTION
filtration. The packages are suitable for use with any compressor
type and are suited to point-of-use applications.
Parker domnick hunter's PNEUDRI MIDIplus heatless compressed
air dryers provide clean, oil-free and dry compressed air in accordance
with all editions of ISO8573-1, the international standard for
compressed air quality. They are energy efficient and can provide
pressure dewpoints of -70°C and -40°C with flow rates up to 299
m³/hr @ 7 bar g (100 psi g). Clean, dry air improves production
efficiency and reduces maintenance costs and downtime.

Diagrams:
DME 012

W D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint (Standard) Dewpoint (Option 1) ISO 8573-1:2010


ISO 8573-1:2010
Model Classification
Classification (standard)
(Option 1)
ºC ºF ºC ºF

DME -40 -40 Class 2 -70 -100 Class 1

DMOP -40 -40 Class 2 -70 -100 Class 1

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 94


Technical Data

Min. Operating Max. Operating Min. Operating Max. Operating Max. Ambient Noise
Electrical Electrical
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Thread Level
Model Supply Supply
Connection
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F (Standard) (Optional) dB(A)
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MIDIPLUS

230V 1ph 110V 1ph BSPP or


DME012 4 58 16 232 2 35 50 122 55 131 <75
50/60Hz 50/60Hz NPT

Flow Rates

Model Port Connection¹ L/S m3/min m3/hr cfm

DME012 / DMO012P G3/4 11 0.68 41 24

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (100 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar a, 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown.
1
BSPP or NPT threads available. Please state at time of ordering.

CFT – Correction Factor Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Maximum Inlet
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122
Temperature
CFT 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFP – Correction Factor Pressure

bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Minimum
psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232
Inlet Pressure
CFP 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57 0.54 0.5 0.47

CFD – Correction Factor Dewpoint

PDP °C -40 -70


Required
PDP °F -40 -100
Dewpoint
CFD 1.00 1.43

Controller Functions

Function
Controller Options Power On Fault Display Service Service Configurable Remote Filter DDS Energy
Indication Indication Fault Interval Contdown Alarm Volt Free Service Management
Condition Indication Timers Settings Alarm Timer System
Values Contacts

DME (Electronic control) • • •

DME DDS • • • •

DM0P

Please state dewpoint at the time of ordering

Recommended Filtration

Filter Port Connection


Model Inlet General Purpose Pre-filter Inlet High Efficiency Filter Outlet Dust Filter
BSPT or NPT

DME012 / DMO012P 3
/4" -- AAP020D FI AOP020D -MI

= B (BSPT) or N (NPT)
Weights and Dimensions

Port Dimensions
Connection Weight
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Inlet /
Outlet mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
DME012 3
/4" 837 33.0 284 11.2 302 11.9 32 70

95
Part Numbers

Part Number

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MIDIPLUS


DME012BFK

DME012BFK-70

DME012DSBFK

DME012DSBFK-70

DMP012-ATEX

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 96


Zander

CDAS HL Medium Flow


COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  CDAS HL

Heatless Compressed
Air Dryer System
Medium flow compressed air treatment systems
providing pressure dewpoints of -70°C, -40°C
or -20°C at flow rates up to 300 m³/hr @ 7
bar g. Suitable for all industrial compressed
air applications.
Compressed air contamination problems can be simply avoided
by installing a Parker Zander CDAS HL Clean Dry Air System
(including OIL-X filtration). The fully integrated heatless
compressed air dryer and filtration packages are suitable
for use with any compressor type and can be installed in the
compressor room or at point-of-use.
Parker Zander's CDAS HL Clean Dry Air Systems provide
clean, dry compressed air in accordance with all editions of
ISO8573-1, the international standard for compressed air
quality. They are energy efficient and can provide pressure
dewpoints of -70°C, -40°C or -20°C with flow rates up to
300 m³/hr @ 7 bar g (102 psi g).
Clean, dry air improves production efficiency and reduces
maintenance costs and downtime. Many products claim to
provide this, however only CDAS HL Clean Dry Air Systems
provide the highest levels of dry compressed air with
validated performance.
CDAS HL75-85

Diagrams:
CDAS HL50-70

W D W D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

CDAS HL -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

97
Technical Data
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Electrical Electrical Filter Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Supply Supply Thread

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  CDAS HL


(Standard) (Optional) Connections
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)

CDAS HL 85 - 265V
4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 55 131 24V DC BSPP or NPT <75
50 - 85 1ph 50/60Hz

Flow Rates

Port Connection Inlet Flow Rate


Model
BSPP or NPT L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm

CDAS HL 50 1/2” 15 0.92 55 32

CDAS HL 55 1/2” 19 1.17 70 41

CDAS HL 60 1/2” 25 1.50 90 53

CDAS HL 65 1/2” 31 1.84 110 65

CDAS HL 70 3/4” 42 2.51 150 88

CDAS HL 75 1” 51 3.09 185 109

CDAS HL 80 1” 61 3.67 220 129

CDAS HL 85 11/2” 83 5.01 300 177

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal
to or above the MDC.
Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Inlet
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Inlet
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57 0.53 0.50 0.47

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Maximum °C -20 -40 -70


Inlet
Temperature °F -4 -40 -100

Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 2.00

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 98


Controller Functions

Controller Function
Model Power On Visual Dewpoint EST - Energy Filter Dryer Fault Relay: 4-20mA
Indication Fault Display Saving Service Service Power Loss Dewpoint
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  CDAS HL

Indication Technology Indicator Indicator Dewpoint Re-transmission


Alarm
Sensor Failure

CDAS HL • • • • • • • •

Included Filtration

Inlet
Port Connection Inlet High Oil Vapour Outlet
Model General Purpose
BSPP or NPT Efficiency Filter Removal Filter Dust Filter
Pre-filter

CDAS HL 50 1/2” AOP015CGFI AAP015CGFI - AOP015CGMI

CDAS HL 55 1/2” AOP015CGFI AAP015CGFI - AOP015CGMI

CDAS HL 60 1/2” AOP020CGFI AAP020CGFI - AOP020CGMI

CDAS HL 65 1/2” AOP020CGFI AAP020CGFI - AOP020CGMI

CDAS HL 70 3/4” AOP025DGFI AAP025DGFI - AOP025DGMI

CDAS HL 75 1” AOP025EGFI AAP025EGFI - AOP025EGMI

CDAS HL 80 1” AOP025EGFI AAP025EGFI - AOP025EGMI

CDAS HL 85 11/2” AOP030GGFI AAP030GGFI - AOP030GGMI

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions Inlet Outlet
Port Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Model General
Connection General High
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs Purpose
Inlet / Purpose Efficiency
Dry
Coalescing Coalescing
Outlet Particulate
Filter Filter
Filter

CDAS HL 50 ½” 1133 45 559 22 490 19 76 168 AOP015C AAP015C AOP015C

CDAS HL 55 ½” 1313 52 559 22 490 19 84 185 AOP015C AAP015C AOP015C

CDAS HL 60 ½” 1510 59 559 22 490 19 93 205 AOP020C AAP020C AOP020C

CDAS HL 65 ½” 1660 65 559 22 490 19 100 220 AOP020C AAP020C AOP020C

CDAS HL 70 ¾” 2020 80 559 22 490 19 120 265 AOP025D AAP025D AOP025D

CDAS HL 75 1” 1595 63 559 22 682 27 165 364 AOP025E AAP025E AOP025E

CDAS HL 80 1” 1745 69 559 22 682 27 180 397 AOP025E AAP025E AOP025E

CDAS HL 85 1½” 2105 83 559 22 682 27 210 463 AOP030G AAP030G AOP030G

Part Numbers

Model -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP BSPP -70°C PDP BSPP

CDAS HL 50 CDASHL050-40G16AE CDASHL050-70G16AE

CDAS HL 55 CDASHL055-40G16AE CDASHL055-70G16AE

CDAS HL 60 CDASHL060-40G16AE CDASHL060-70G16AE

CDAS HL 65 CDASHL065-40G16AE CDASHL065-70G16AE

CDAS HL 70 CDASHL070-40G16AE CDASHL070-70G16AE

CDAS HL 75 CDASHL075-40G16AE CDASHL075-70G16AE

CDAS HL 80 CDASHL080-40G16AE CDASHL080-70G16AE

CDAS HL 85 CDASHL085-40G16AE CDASHL085-70G16AE

99
Zander

OFAS HL Medium Flow Oil

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  OFAS HL


Free Heatless Compressed
Air Dryer System
Medium flow compressed air treatment systems
with oil vapour removal, providing ISO8573-1
Class 0 air at flow rates up to 300 m³/hr @ 7
bar g. Suitable for all industrial compressed
air applications.
Compressed air contamination problems can be simply avoided
by installing a Parker Zander OFAS HL Oil Free Air System
fitted (including OIL-X filtration). The fully integrated heatless
compressed air dryer and filtration packages are suitable
for use with any compressor type and can be installed in the
compressor room or at point-of-use.
Fitted with a third adsorbent column for oil vapour removal,
Parker Zander's OFAS HL Clean Dry Air Systems have been
third party validated by Lloyds Register to provide ISO8573-1
Class 0, with respect to total oil from both oil lubricated and
oil free compressors, ensuring the highest quality air at
the point-of-use for critical applications.
Clean, dry, oil free air improves production efficiency and
reduces maintenance costs and downtime. Only OFAS HL Oil
Free Air Systems can provide the highest levels of clean, dry,
oil free compressed air with validated performance.
OFAS HL50-55

Diagrams:
OFAS HL60-70
OFAS HL50-55

H
H

W D W D W D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

CDAS HL -40 -40 Class 2.2.0 -70 -100 Class 2.1.0 -20 -4 Class 2.3.0

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 100


Technical Data
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Electrical Electrical Filter Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Supply Supply Thread
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  OFAS HL

(Standard) (Optional) Connections


bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)

OFAS HL 85 - 265V
4 58 16 232 5 41 50 122 55 131 24V DC BSPP or NPT <75
50 - 85 1ph 50/60Hz

Flow Rates

Port Connection Inlet Flow Rate


Model
BSPP or NPT L/s m /min
3
m3/hr cfm

OFAS HL 50 1/2” 15 0.92 55 32

OFAS HL 55 1/2” 19 1.17 70 41

OFAS HL 60 1/2” 25 1.50 90 53

OFAS HL 65 1/2” 31 1.84 110 65

OFAS HL 70 3/4” 42 2.51 150 88

OFAS HL 75 1” 51 3.09 185 109

OFAS HL 80 1” 61 3.67 220 129

OFAS HL 85 11/2” 83 5.01 300 177

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure. For flows at other pressures, apply the correction
factors shown below.

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate
equal to or above the MDC.
Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Inlet
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Inlet
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57 0.53 0.50 0.47

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Maximum °C -20 -40 -70


Inlet
Temperature °F -4 -40 -100

Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 2.00

101
Controller Functions

Controller Function
Model Power On Visual Dewpoint EST - Energy Filter Dryer Fault Relay: 4-20mA
Indication Fault Display Saving Service Service Power Loss Dewpoint

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  OFAS HL


Indication Technology Indicator Indicator Dewpoint Re-transmission
Alarm
Sensor Failure

OFAS HL • • • • • • • •

Included Filtration

Inlet
Port Connection Inlet High Oil Vapour Outlet
Model General Purpose
BSPP or NPT Efficiency Filter Removal Filter Dust Filter
Pre-filter

OFAS HL 50 1/2” AOP015CGFI AAP015CGFI Included AOP015CGMI

OFAS HL 55 1/2” AOP015CGFI AAP015CGFI Included AOP015CGMI

OFAS HL 60 1/2” AOP020CGFI AAP020CGFI Included AOP020CGMI

OFAS HL 65 1/2” AOP020CGFI AAP020CGFI Included AOP020CGMI

OFAS HL 70 3/4” AOP025DGFI AAP025DGFI Included AOP025DGMI

OFAS HL 75 1” AOP025EGFI AAP025EGFI Included AOP025EGMI

OFAS HL 80 1” AOP025EGFI AAP025EGFI Included AOP025EGMI

OFAS HL 85 11/2” AOP030GGFI AAP030GGFI Included AOP030GGMI

Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions Inlet Outlet


Port
Model Connection Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight General Purpose
General Purpose High Efficiency
Dry Particulate
Inlet / Outlet mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs Coalescing Filter Coalescing Filter
Filter
OFAS HL 50 ½” 1133 45 559 22 512 20.2 90 198 AOP015C AAP015C AOP015C

OFAS HL 55 ½” 1313 52 559 22 512 20.2 97 214 AOP015C AAP015C AOP015C

OFAS HL 60 ½” 1510 59 559 22 496 19.5 106 234 AOP020C AAP020C AOP020C

OFAS HL 65 ½” 1660 65 559 22 496 19.5 112 247 AOP020C AAP020C AOP020C

OFAS HL 70 ¾” 2020 80 559 22 496 19.5 132 291 AOP025D AAP025D AOP025D

OFAS HL 75 1” 1595 63 559 22 682 27 184 406 AOP025E AAP025E AOP025E

OFAS HL 80 1” 1745 69 559 22 682 27 196 432 AOP025E AAP025E AOP025E

OFAS HL 85 1½” 2105 83 559 22 682 27 232 511 AOP030G AAP030G AOP030G

Part Numbers

Model -20°C PDP / -40°C PDP BSPP -70°C PDP BSPP

OFAS HL 50 OFASHL050-40G16AE OFASHL050-70G16AE

OFAS HL 55 OFASHL055-40G16AE OFASHL055-70G16AE

OFAS HL 60 OFASHL060-40G16AE OFASHL060-70G16AE

OFAS HL 65 OFASHL065-40G16AE OFASHL065-70G16AE

OFAS HL 70 OFASHL070-40G16AE OFASHL070-70G16AE

OFAS HL 75 OFASHL075-40G16AE OFASHL075-70G16AE

OFAS HL 80 OFASHL080-40G16AE OFASHL080-70G16AE

OFAS HL 85 OFASHL085-40G16AE OFASHL085-70G16AE

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 102


Zander

PNEUDRI MX Large Flow


COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MX

Heatless Compressed
Air Dryer
Large flow modular compressed air dryers
providing pressure dewpoints of -70°C and
-40°C with flow rates up to 2040 m³/hr @ 7
bar g, even greater flow rates can be achieved
by multi-banking the dryers.
PNEUDRI MX heatless compressed air dryers provide clean,
oil-free and dry compressed air in accordance with all editions
of ISO8573-1, the international standard for compressed air
quality. They are energy efficient and use a modular construction
making them less than half the size of conventional dryers.
The PNEUDRI MX's modular construction allows greater
flexibility, it can be multi-banked to provide extra compressed air
drying capacity should demand increase. This distinctive feature
allows 100% stand by at a fraction of the cost of a traditional twin
tower dryer and also allows individual dryers to be easily isolated
for routine service work, whilst maintaining the plants clean,
dry air supply.

Diagrams:
MX 102c – 108

W D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

MX -40 -40 Class 2.2.1 -70 -100 Class 2.1.1 -20 -4 Class 2.3.1

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

103
Technical Data
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Electrical Electrical Filter Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Supply Supply Thread

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MX


(Standard) (Optional) Connections
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)

MX102c - 85 - 265 V
4 58 13 190 5 41 50 122 55 131 N/A BSPP or NPT <75
108 1ph 50/60Hz

Flow Rates

Inlet Flow Rate


Model Port Connection
L/s m /min
3
m3/hr cfm
MX 102C 2” 113 6.81 408 240

MX 103C 2” 170 10.22 612 360

MX 103 2” 213 12.78 795 450

MX 104 21/2” 283 17 1020 600

MX 105 21/2” 354 21 1275 750

MX 106 21/2” 425 26 1530 900

MX 107 21/2” 496 30 1785 1050

MX 108 21/2” 567 34 2040 1200

2 x MX 105 21/2” 708 43 2550 1500

2 x MX 106 21/2” 850 51 3060 1800

2 x MX 107 21/2” 992 60 3570 2100

2 x MX 108 21/2” 1133 68 4080 2400

3 x MX 106 21/2” 1275 77 4590 2700

3 x MX 107 21/2” 1488 89 5355 3150

3 x MX 108 21/2” 1700 102 6120 3600


Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal
to or above the MDC.
Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Inlet
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Inlet
Pressure psi g 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189

Correction Factor 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Maximum °C -20 -40 -70


Inlet
Temperature °F -4 -40 -100

Correction Factor 0.91 1 1.43

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 104


Controller Functions

Controller Function

Model Power On Visual Dewpoint EST - Energy Filter Dryer Fault Relay: 4-20mA
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MX

Indication Fault Display Saving Service Service Power Loss Dewpoint


Indication Technology Indicator Indicator Dewpoint Alarm Re-transmission
Sensor Failure

MXS • •
MXS DS • • • • Option

MXA • • • • • • • •

Important notes regarding the ordering of PNEUDRI MX dryers


Please note that when ordering PNEUDRI MX heatless dryers, the following items must be ordered separately.
• Dryer model
• Inlet / outlet flange kit (BSPP or NPT)
• Pre / post filtration (grades AO / AA/ AO)
• FCD (flow control device) - only required for multi-bank installations
• QRV - quick repressurisation valve part number 608203833 is required for operating pressures above 9 bar g

Required Filtration

Inlet
Port Connection Inlet High Oil Vapour Outlet
Model General Purpose
BSPP or NPT Efficiency Filter Removal Filter Dust Filter
Pre-filter
MX 102C 2" AOP040HGFX AAP040HGFX * AOP040HGMX

MX 103C 2" AOP040HGFX AAP040HGFX * AOP040HGMX

MX 103 2" AOP040HGFX AAP040HGFX * AOP040HGMX

MX 104 21/2” AOP045IGFX AAP045IGFX * AOP045IGMX

MX 105 21/2" AOP050IGFX AAP050IGFX * AOP050IGMX

MX 106 21/2" AOP050IGFX AAP050IGFX * AOP050IGMX

MX 107 2 /2"
1
AOP055IGFX AAP055IGFX * AOP055IGMX

MX 108 2 /2"
1
AOP055IGFX AAP055IGFX * AOP055IGMX

*Note: ‘Technically Oil Free Air’ to ISO8573-1:2010 Class 0 (<0.003mg/m3) for Total Oil can be easily achieved by selecting an optional OIL-X OVR grade filter (refer to pages 7-8
of this document).

Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions
Port
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Connection
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
MX 102C 2" 1647 64.8 687 27.0 550 21.7 235 518

MX 103C 2" 1647 64.8 856 33.7 550 21.7 316 696

MX 103 2" 1892 74.5 856 33.7 550 21.7 355 782

MX 104 21/2” 1892 74.5 1025 40.3 550 21.7 450 992

MX 105 21/2” 1892 74.5 1194 47.0 550 21.7 543 1197

MX 106 21/2” 1892 74.5 1363 53.6 550 21.7 637 1404

MX 107 21/2” 1892 74.5 1532 60.3 550 21.7 731 1611

MX 108 21/2” 1892 74.5 1701 67.0 550 21.7 825 1818

105
Part Numbers

-20 and -40 MX -20 and -40 MX DDS -20 and -40 MX Advanced -20 and -40 MXP Pneumatic

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MX


MXS102C-40BP MXS102CDS-40BP MXA102C-40 MXP102C-40-ATEX

MXS103C-40BP MXS103CDS-40BP MXA103C-40 MXP103C-40-ATEX

MXS103-40BP MXS103DS-40BP MXA103-40 MXP103-40-ATEX

MXS104-40BP MXS104DS-40BP MXA104-40 MXP104-40-ATEX

MXS105-40BP MXS105DS-40BP MXA105-40 MXP105-40-ATEX

MXS106-40BP MXS106DS-40BP MXA106-40 MXP106-40-ATEX

MXS107-40BP MXS107DS-40BP MXA107-40 MXP107-40-ATEX

MXS108-40BP MXS108DS-40BP MXA108-40 MXP108-40-ATEX

-70 -70 -70 -70

MXS102C-70BP MXS102CDS-70BP MXA102C-70 MXP102C-70-ATEX

MXS103C-70BP MXS103CDS-70BP MXA103C-70 MXP103C-70-ATEX

MXS103-70BP MXS103DS-70BP MXA103-70 MXP103-70-ATEX

MXS104-70BP MXS104DS-70BP MXA104-70 MXP104-70-ATEX

MXS105-70BP MXS105DS-70BP MXA105-70 MXP105-70-ATEX

MXS106-70BP MXS106DS-70BP MXA106-70 MXP106-70-ATEX

MXS107-70BP MXS107DS-70BP MXA107-70 MXP107-70-ATEX

MXS108-70BP MXS108DS-70BP MXA108-70 MXP108-70-ATEX

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 106


Zander
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MXLE

PNEUDRI MXLE Large


Flow Low Energy Heatless
Compressed Air Dryer
Large flow low energy modular compressed air
dryers providing pressure dewpoints of -70°C
and -40°C with flow rates up to 2040 m³/hr @
7 bar g, even greater flow rates can be achieved
by multi-banking the dryers.
The PNEUDRI MXLE ADVANTAGE compressed air dryer has been
specifically designed to provide all of the benefits of the PNEUDRI
MX heatless adsorption dryer with the additional benefits of
lower energy costs and lower environmental impact via its
vacuum regeneration method, allowing around 17% more of the
generated clean, dry compressed air to be used across the plant.
At full load conditions, PNEUDRI MXLE has an average 60% lower
energy consumption than a comparative heatless dryer and an
average 39% lower energy consumption than a comparative heat
regenerative dryer. These energy savings increase in periods
of low air demand due to the integrated Energy Management
System which is fitted as standard.
The modular construction allows greater flexibility; like
PNEUDRI MX, models can be multi-banked to provide extra
compressed air drying capacity should demand increase. This
distinctive feature allows 100% stand by at a fraction of the cost
of a traditional twin tower dryer and also allows individual dryers
to be easily isolated for routine service work, whilst maintaining
the plants clean, dry air supply. The PNUEDRI MXLE also offers
the extra security of a full back up mode, and in the unlikely event
of a fault occurring with the vacuum pump, the dryer can be
operated in full heatless mode to keep the plant operational.

Diagrams:
SINGLE VACUUM PUMP
MXLE102c - MXLE105

DUPLEX VACUUM PUMP


MXLE106 - MXLE108

DRYER

VACUUM PUMP
W
H

W D D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

MXLE -40 -40 Class 2.2.1 -70 -100 Class 2.1.1 -20 -4 Class 2.3.1

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

107
Technical Data
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Electrical Electrical Filter Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Supply Supply Thread

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MXLE


(Standard) (Optional) Connections
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)

400V 460V
MXLE
5 73 13 190 5 41 50 122 55 131 +/-10% +/-10% BSPP <75
102c - 108
3PH 50Hz 3PH 60Hz

Flow Rates Vacuum Pump kW

Inlet Flow Rate kW kW


Port
Model Model 50Hz 60Hz
Connection L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm Pump Pump
MXLE 102C 2” 113 6.81 408 240 MXLE 102C 3 4.8

MXLE 103C 2” 170 10.22 612 360 MXLE 103C 3 4.8

MXLE 103 2” 213 12.78 795 450 MXLE 103 4 6.5

MXLE 104 21/2” 283 17 1020 600 MXLE 104 5.5 9

MXLE 105 21/2” 354 21 1275 750 MXLE 105 5.5 9

MXLE 106 21/2” 425 26 1530 900 MXLE 106 8 13

MXLE 107 21/2” 496 30 1785 1050 MXLE 107 9.5 15.5

MXLE 108 21/2” 567 34 2040 1200 MXLE 108 9.5 15.5

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate
equal to or above the MDC.
Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Inlet
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Inlet
Pressure psi g 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189

Correction Factor 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Maximum °C -20 -40 -70


Inlet
Temperature °F -4 -40 -100

Correction Factor 0.91 1 1.43

108
Controller Functions

Controller Function
Model Power On Visual Dewpoint EST - Energy Filter Dryer Fault Relay: 4-20mA
Indication Fault Display Saving Service Service Power Loss Dewpoint
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  PNEUDRI MXLE

Indication Technology Indicator Indicator Dewpoint Re-transmission


Alarm
Sensor Failure

MXLE • • • • • • •

Included Filtration

Inlet
Port Connection Inlet High Oil Vapour Outlet
Model General Purpose
BSPP Efficiency Filter Removal Filter Dust Filter
Pre-filter

MXLE 102C 2” AOP040HGFX AAP040HGFX * AOP040HGMX

MXLE 103C 2” AOP040HGFX AAP040HGFX * AOP040HGMX

MXLE 103 2” AOP040HGFX AAP040HGFX * AOP040HGMX

MXLE 104 21/2” AOP045IGFX AAP045IGFX * AOP045IGMX

MXLE 105 21/2” AOP050IGFX AAP050IGFX * AOP050IGMX

MXLE 106 21/2” AOP050IGFX AAP050IGFX * AOP050IGMX

MXLE 107 21/2” AOP055IGFX AAP055IGFX * AOP055IGMX

MXLE 108 21/2” AOP055IGFX AAP055IGFX * AOP055IGMX

*Note: ‘Technically Oil Free Air’ to ISO8573-1:2010 Class 0 (<0.003mg/m ) for Total Oil can be easily achieved by selecting an optional OIL-X OVR grade filter (refer to pages
3

7-8 of this document).

Weights and Dimensions


Dryer Dimensions Vacuum Pump Dimensions
Port
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight
Connection
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs
MXLE102c 2" 1647 65 794 32 550 22 265 583 MXLE102c 355 14 900 35 531 21 129 284

MXLE103c 2" 1647 65 963 38 550 22 346 761 MXLE103c 355 14 900 35 531 21 129 284

MXLE103 2" 1892 75 963 38 550 22 385 847 MXLE103 385 15 998 39 531 21 163 359

MXLE104 21/2” 1892 75 1132 45 550 22 480 1056 MXLE104 385 15 1084 43 531 21 178 392

MXLE105 21/2” 1892 75 1300 52 550 22 573 1261 MXLE105 385 15 1084 43 531 21 178 392

MXLE106 21/2” 1892 75 1470 58 550 22 667 1467 MXLE106 1185 47 1100 43 750 30 361 796

MXLE107 21/2” 1892 75 1642 65 550 22 761 1674 MXLE107 1185 47 1100 43 750 30 376 829

MXLE108 21/2” 1892 75 1808 71 550 22 855 1881 MXLE108 1185 47 1100 43 750 30 391 862

Part Numbers

-20°C PDP / -40°C PDP -70°C PDP


Model 50Hz Vacuum Pump 60Hz Vacuum Pump
BSPP BSPP

MXLE102C MXLE102C0 MXLE102C-70 MXLEP2C-E MXLEP2C-E-60

MXLE103C MXLE103C0 MXLE103C-70 MXLEP3C-E MXLEP3C-E-60

MXLE103 MXLE1030 MXLE103-70 MXLEP3-E MXLEP3-E-60

MXLE104 MXLE1040 MXLE104-70 MXLEP4-E MXLEP4-E-60

MXLE105 MXLE105 MXLE105-70 MXLEP5-E MXLEP5-E-60

MXLE106 MXLE106 MXLE106-70 MXLEP6-E MXLEP6-E-60

MXLE107 MXLE107 MXLE107-70 MXLEP7-E MXLEP7-E-60

MXLE108 MXLE108 MXLE108-70 MXLEP8-E MXLEP8-E-60

109
Zander

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  K-MT SERIES


K-MT Series Heatless
Compressed Air Dryers
Heatless compressed air dryers for industrial
compressed air treatment applications and
volume flows up to 940 m³/h and dewpoints
of -25°C to -70°C.
The Parker Zander K-MT range of heatless adsorption dryers are
designed to dry industrial compressed air reliably and efficiently
down to a pressure dewpoint of -70°C. The units are compact and
are designed to be installed free-standing. They come equipped
with integrated high performance pre and post filtration and are
capable of volume flows up to 940 m³/h.

Diagrams:
K-MT 1-4

K-MT 10-95
H

W D W D

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 110


Technical Data

Capacity1 Connection Pressure


Model Part Number2 Part Number3
m³/h DIN ISO 228 (bar max)
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  K-MT SERIES

K-MT 1 8 “
1/4 16 K1/16D2-G230M K1/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 2 15 “
1/4 16 K2/16D2-G230M K2/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 3 25 “
1/4 16 K3/16D2-G230M K3/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 4 35 “
1/4 16 K4/16D2-G230M K4/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 35 350 1 1/2“ 16 K35/16D2-G230M K35/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 45 420 1 1/2“ 16 K45/16D2-G230M K45/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 60 620 2“ 16 K60/16D2-G230M K60/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 75 750 2“ 16 K75/16D2-G230M K75/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 95 940 2 1/2“ 16 K95/16D2-G230M K95/16D2-G230MT

K-MT 1 - K-MT 4 includes pre- and afterfilter of GL series, K-MT 3 - K-MT 4 acc. to PED 97/23/EC, module A.
K-MT 35 - K-MT 95 includes pre- and afterfilter of GL series, K-MT 35 - K-MT 95 acc. to PED 97/23/EC, module B+D.
calculated at 1 bar (abs.) and 20 °C, compressed to 7 bar g and 35 °C inlet temperature, for press. dewpoint - 40 °C.
1

multitronic plus, retrofittable with dewpoint sensor ZHM100.


2

Pressure dewpoint control device - multitronic-plus with ZHM100 for reduction in purge-air consumption.
3

Correction Factors
Temperature (°C)
Pressure (bar)
25 30 35 40 45 50

5 bar 0.80 0.79 0.75 0.64 0.61 0.59

6 bar 0.92 0.91 0.89 0.78 0.73 0.67

7 bar 1.03 1.02 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.79

8 bar 1.16 1.15 1.13 1.00 0.94 0.86

9 bar 1.30 1.28 1.26 1.08 1.03 0.99

10 bar 1.37 1.39 1.31 1.16 1.07 1.03

11 bar 1.52 1.49 1.36 1.24 1.10 1.07

12 bar 1.61 1.61 1.49 1.36 1.23 1.18

13 bar 1.75 1.75 1.62 1.47 1.35 1.29

14 bar 1.89 1.89 1.71 1.57 1.46 1.38

15 bar 2.00 2.00 1.79 1.67 1.57 1.46

Conversion factor pressure/temp. for press. dewpoint - 40 °C

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions (mm)
Model Weight (kg)
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D)
K-MT 1 326 400 216 11.5

K-MT 2 326 575 216 15.5

K-MT 3 326 825 216 20.0

K-MT 4 326 1075 216 25.0

K-MT 35 830 1810 585 210

K-MT 45 860 1820 605 249

K-MT 60 910 1870 635 277

K-MT 75 1020 2000 640 408

K-MT 95 1050 2020 670 510

111
Zander

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  KA-MT SERIES


KA-MT Series Compressed
Air Adsorption Dryers
Compact, heatless compressed air adsorption
dryers with activated carbon stage for industrial
applications and volume flows up to 940 m³/h
and dewpoints of -25°C to -70°C.
The Parker Zander KA-MT range of heatless adsorption dryers with
integrated activated carbon stage are designed to dry industrial
compressed air reliably and efficiently down to a pressure dewpoint
of -70°C and to a remaining oil content of 0,003 mg/m³. The units
are compact and are designed to be installed free-standing.
Compressed air dryers of the KA-MT series come with an integrated
activated carbon stage for the removal of oil vapours and pre and
post filtration of the GL series, they are capable of volume flows
up to 940 m³/h in a system operating at 7 bar g (100 psi g).

Diagrams:
KA-MT 1-8

KA-MT 10-95

H
H

W D

W D

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 112


Technical Data

Capacity1 Connection DIN ISO


Model Pressure (bar) Part Number2 Part Number3
m³/h 228
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  KA-MT SERIES

KA-MT 1 8 1/4“ 16 K1/16DA2-G230M K1/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 2 15 1/4“ 16 K2/16DA2-G230M K2/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 3 25 1/4“ 16 K3/16DA2-G230M K3/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 4 35 1/4“ 16 K4/16DA2-G230M K4/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 35 350 1 1/2“ 16 K35/16DA2-G230M K35/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 45 420 1 1/2“ 16 K45/16DA2-G230M K45/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 60 620 2“ 16 K60/16DA2-G230M K60/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 75 750 2“ 16 K75/16DA2-G230M K75/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 95 940 2 1/2“ 16 K95/16DA2-G230M K95/16DA2-G230MT

KA-MT 1 - KA-MT 4 includes pre- and afterfilter of GL series.


KA-MT 3 - KA-MT 4 acc. to PED 97/23/EC, module A.
KA-MT 35 - KA-MT 95 includes pre- and afterfilter of GL series.
KA-MT 35 - KA-MT 95 acc. to PED 97/23/EC, module B+D.
Calculated at 1 bar (abs.) and 20 °C, compressed to 7 bar g and 35 °C inlet temperature, for press. dewpoint - 40°C.
1

Multitronic plus, retrofittable with dewpoint sensor ZHM100.


2

Pressure dewpoint control device - multitronic-plus with ZHM100 for reduction of purge-air consumption.
3

Correction Factors
Temperature (°C)
Pressure
25 30 35 40 45 50

5 bar 0.80 0.79 0.75 0.64 0.61 0.59

6 bar 0.92 0.91 0.89 0.78 0.73 0.67

7 bar 1.03 1.02 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.79

8 bar 1.16 1.15 1.13 1.00 0.94 0.86

9 bar 1.30 1.28 1.26 1.08 1.03 0.99

10 bar 1.37 1.39 1.31 1.16 1.07 1.03

11 bar 1.52 1.49 1.36 1.24 1.10 1.07

12 bar 1.61 1.61 1.49 1.36 1.23 1.18

13 bar 1.75 1.75 1.62 1.47 1.35 1.29

14 bar 1.89 1.89 1.71 1.57 1.46 1.38

15 bar 2.00 2.00 1.79 1.67 1.57 1.46

Conversion factor pressure/temp. for press. dewpoint - 40 °C

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions (mm)
Model Weight (kg)
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D)

KA-MT 1 459 400 216 15

KA-MT 2 459 575 216 20

KA-MT 3 459 825 216 28

KA-MT 4 459 1075 216 35

KA-MT 35 1260 1810 585 283

KA-MT 45 1290 1820 605 334

KA-MT 60 1350 1870 635 428

KA-MT 75 1500 2000 635 555

KA-MT 95 1550 2020 670 698

113
Zander

KE-MT Series Large Flow

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  KE-MT SERIES


Heatless Compressed
Air Dryer
Large flow heatless compressed air dryers
with available flow rates up to 6100m³/h @ 7
bar g and pressure dewpoints of -25°C
to -70°C, for industrial compressed air
treatment applications.
Parker Zander KE-MT Series heatless adsorption dryers are
designed to supply high quality dry compressed air reliably
and efficiently down to a pressure dewpoint of -70 °C. They are
capable of volume flows of up to 6100m³/h at operating conditions
of 7 bar g (100 psi g).
The KE-MT Series is offered with energy saving dewpoint
dependent switching (DDS) as an option. Where an application
calls for a unit able to cope with variations in operating pressure
and load, the installation of a dewpoint sensor at the outlet of the
dryer is available. In such an operating mode, the changeover
cycle between vessels only takes place when required, and is
dependent on the required dewpoint being achieved. Only upon
reaching this adjustable set dewpoint, does changeover to the
regenerated vessel occur. This feature enables the drying phase
to be lengthened and thus avoids the unnecessary use of purge
air for regeneration and consequently provides significant
energy savings.
When there is a further requirement for compressed air to be
delivered free from oil vapour and odours, as well as clean and
dry, the units can be supplied with an additional third vessel
filled with activated carbon, the KEA-MT Series. KEA-MT
is ideal for use in laboratory, food, beverage and
pharmaceutical applications.

Diagrams:
KE-MT SERIES

W D

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 114


Technical Data

Connection DIN Pressure


Model Capacity1 m³/h Part Number2 Part Number3
ISO 228 (bar max)
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  KE-MT SERIES

KE-MT 120 1200 DN50 10 K120/10D1-F230M K120/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 150 1550 DN65 10 K150/10D1-F230M K150/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 200 2000 DN65 10 K200/10D1-F230M K200/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 250 2500 DN80 10 K250/10D1-F230M K250/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 300 3000 DN80 10 K300/10D1-F230M K300/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 380 3800 DN100 10 K380/10D1-F230M K380/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 500 4850 DN100 10 K500/10D1-F230M K500/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 600 6100 DN125 10 K600/10D1-F230M K600/10D1-F230MT

KE-MT 120 - KE-MT 600 excludes pre- and afterfilters


KE-MT 120 - KE-MT 600 acc. to PED 97/23/EC, module B+D.
1
calculated at 1 bar (abs.) and 20 °C, compressed to 7 bar g and 35 °C inlet temperature, for press. dewpoint – 40 °C
2
multitronic plus, retrofittable with dewpoint sensor ZHM100
3
Pressure dewpoint control device - multitronic-plus with ZHM100 for reduction in purge-air consumption

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal
to or above the MDC.
Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.14 1.37

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature


Maximum Ambient °C 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure


Minimum Inlet bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189

Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint


Maximum Inlet °C -20 -40 -70
Temperature °F -4 -40 -100

Correction Factor 0.91 1.00 1.43

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions (mm)
Model Weight (kg)
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D)
KE-MT 120 1060 2080 840 640

KE-MT 150 1270 2120 900 770

KE-MT 200 1350 2160 990 955

KE-MT 250 1530 2210 1040 1075

KE-MT 300 1600 2255 1100 1500

KE-MT 380 1875 2385 1200 1990

KE-MT 500 1925 2660 1250 2410

KE-MT 600 2160 2820 1565 2850

115
Zander

WVM Series Large Flow

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  WVM SERIES


Low Energy Vacuum
Regenerated Compressed
Air Dryer
For large flow industrial compressed air
applications providing volume flows of up to
14500m³/h and pressure dewpoints down to
-70°C, with energy savings of up to 25%.
Parker Zander WVM compressed air dryers provide an energy
efficient heat regenerated compressed air drying solution for
large scale compressed air applications. Ideal for electronics
and automotive production plants but suitable for all general
manufacturing industries where typically high volume flows
and low pressures are required.
Providing energy savings of up to 25% compared to conventional
systems, WVM series compressed air dryers can be equipped
with heat exchangers that allow steam or other available process
heat sources to be used for heat regeneration. This alternative
regeneration process can be employed in addition to or instead
of the standard electrical heaters, resulting in even higher
energy savings.

Diagrams:
WVM SERIES

W D

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 116


Technical Data
 
Capacity1,2 Connection Pressure Power Power
Model Part Number3 Part Number4
m³/h EN 1092-1 (bar max) (kW) (kWh/h)  
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  WVM SERIES

WVM 40 420 40 10 5.55 3.0 W40/10VM4-F400CT   W40/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 50 510 40 10 5.55 3.6 W50/10VM4-F400CT   W50/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 65 640 50 10 9.7 4.6 W65/10VM4-F400CT   W65/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 85 850 50 10 9.7 6.1 W85/10VM4-F400CT   W85/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 120 1180 80 10 13.4 7.9 W120/10VM4-F400CT   W120/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 150 1500 80 10 18.2 10.7 W150/10VM4-F400CT   W150/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 200 1980 80 10 23.7 11.8 W200/10VM4-F400CT   W200/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 235 2350 100 10 36.7 16.0 W235/10VM4-F400CT   W235/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 300 2930 100 10 36.7 19.9 W300/10VM4-F400CT   W300/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 355 3550 100 10 43.7 23.9 W355/10VM4-F400CT   W355/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 410 4100 150 10 43.7 27.8 W410/10VM4-F400CT   W410/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 475 4740 150 10 48.7 29.6 W475/10VM4-F400CT   W475/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 525 5250 150 10 63.2 31.2 W525/10VM4-F400CT   W525/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 620 6210 150 10 73.2 43.2 W620/10VM4-F400CT   W620/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 710 7100 150 10 84.2 46.6 W710/10VM4-F400CT   W710/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 800 8000 200 10 89.2 55.1 W800/10VM4-F400CT   W800/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 920 9200 200 10 114.2 62.3 W920/10VM4-F400CT   W920/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 1080 10800 200 10 125.2 71.1 W1080/10VM4-F400CT   W1080/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 1230 12300 250 10 151.2 83.3 W1230/10VM4-F400CT   W1230/10VM4-F400CT/I

WVM 1450 14500 250 10 172.2 97.5 W1450/10VM4-F400CT   W1450/10VM4-F400CT/I

1
Calculated at 1 bar (abs.) and 20°C, compressed to 7 bar g and 35°C inlet temperature, for pressure dewpoint -40°C
2
Thermal insulation recommended in order to prevent heat and energy loss
3
Pressure dewpoint control device ZDMC2 with dewpoint-sensor ZHM100
4
With additional insulation of vessel shell and protection against contact

Correction Factors – Pressure/Temperature


Inlet Temperature (°C)
Minimum Operating
Pressure (bar) 30 35 40
For Pressure Dewpoint PDP -25°C/-40°C 1

4 1.45 2.27 3.57

5 1.25 1.61 2.38

6 1.11 1.25 1.69

7 0.98 1.00 1.43

8 0.94 0.95 1.27

9 0.85 0.86 1.14

10 0.78 0.78 1.04

1
Correction factors relating to the respective, nominal performance at PDP -40°C
Example for a maximum suction-side volume flow of 4095m3/h, at a minimum of 9 bar, 30°C inlet temperature:
4095m3/h x 0.85 = 3480.75 m3/h
Model WVM 355 selected for a pressure dewpoint of -40°C

117
Weights and Dimensions
Dimensions (mm)
Model Weight (kg)
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D)

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  WVM SERIES


WVM 40 1140 2230 990 570

WVM 50 1140 2230 990 600

WVM 65 1260 2300 1110 770

WVM 85 1260 2300 1110 800

WVM 120 1460 2690 1160 1150

WVM 150 1540 2700 1200 1300

WVM 200 1605 2750 1405 1650

WVM 235 2025 2870 1490 2000

WVM 300 2050 2890 1565 2250

WVM 355 2160 2960 1750 2650

WVM 410 2430 3230 1710 3250

WVM 475 2490 3260 1710 3650

WVM 525 2550 3265 1775 4050

WVM 620 2570 3540 1865 4700

WVM 710 2635 3560 1900 5050

WVM 800 3085 3625 2110 6450

WVM 920 3125 3645 2235 7500

WVM 1080 3225 3710 2285 8700

WVM 1230 3475 4050 2350 11500

WVM 1450 3500 4200 2380 13500

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 118


Zander

HDK Series High Pressure


COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  HDK SERIES

Compressed Air Dryers


(25 and 50 Bar)
For applications requiring high pressure
compressed air or nitrogen gas up to 50 bar with
volume flows of up to 1180m³/h and pressure
dew points down to -25/-40°C.
The Parker Zander HDK range of high pressure compressed air
dryers are designed to dry compressed air and gaseous nitrogen
at high pressure levels of up to 50 bar reliably and efficiently
down to a pressure dew point of -40°C. HDK series dryers come
equipped with integrated pre- and after filtration and are capable
of volume flows up to 1180 m³/h.

Diagrams:
HDK SERIES

W D

119
Technical Data

Capacity1 Connection Pressure


Model Part Number2 Part Number3
m³/h DIN ISO 228 bar max.

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  HDK SERIES


HDK 18 / 25 25 G1/2 25 H18/25D0-G230M H18/25D0-G230MT

HDK 40 / 25 50 G1/2 25 H40/25D0-G230M H40/25D0-G230MT

HDK 80 / 25 100 G1/2 25 H80/25D0-G230M H80/25D0-G230MT

HDK 120 / 25 125 G1/2 25 H120/25D0-G230M H120/25D0-G230MT

HDK 160 / 25 180 G3/4 25 H160/25D0-G230M H160/25D0-G230MT

HDK 210 / 25 240 G3/4 25 H210/25D0-G230M H210/25D0-G230MT

HDK 360 / 25 390 G3/4 25 H360/25D0-G230M H360/25D0-G230MT

HDK 550 / 25 600 G3/4 25 H550/25D0-G230M H550/25D0-G230MT

HDK 18 / 50 50 G1/2 50 H18/50D0-G230M H18/50D0-G230MT

HDK 40 / 50 100 G1/2 50 H40/50D0-G230M H40/50D0-G230MT

HDK 80 / 50 200 G1/2 50 H80/50D0-G230M H80/50D0-G230MT

HDK 120 / 50 240 G1/2 50 H120/50D0-G230M H120/50D0-G230MT

HDK 160 / 50 360 G3/4 50 H160/50D0-G230M H160/50D0-G230MT

HDK 210 / 50 480 G3/4 50 H210/50D0-G230M H210/50D0-G230MT

HDK 360 / 50 780 G3/4 50 H360/50D0-G230M H360/50D0-G230MT

HDK 550 / 50 1180 G3/4 50 H550/50D0-G230M H550/50D0-G230MT

1
Calculated at 1 bar (abs.) and 20 °C, compressed to nominal pressure and 35 °C inlet temperature for press. dewpoint - 40 °C
2
Multitronic plus, retrofittable with dewpoint sensor ZHM100
3
Pressure dewpoint control device - multitronic-plus with ZHM100 for reduction in purge-air consumption.
Higher capacities, operating pressures, inlet temperatures or lower pressure dewpoints on request.

Correction Factors – Pressure/Temperature


For pressure dewpoint - 40 °C

Inlet Temperature (°C)


Pressure (bar)
30 35 40 45 50

17 0.69 0.68 0.53 0.41 0.33

21 0.86 0.84 0.66 0.50 0.40

25 1.02 1.00 0.78 0.60 0.48

25 0.53 0.52 0.41 0.31 0.26

38 0.78 0.76 0.59 0.46 0.36

50 1.02 1.00 0.78 0.60 0.48

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 120


Weights and Dimensions
Dimensions (mm)
Model Weight (kg)
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D)
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  HDK SERIES

HDK 18 / 25 675 925 400 65

HDK 40 / 25 735 1190 400 78

HDK 80 / 25 790 1290 400 104

HDK 120 / 25 786 1489 400 113

HDK 160 / 25 815 1489 400 153

HDK 210 / 25 840 1484 400 182

HDK 360 / 25 890 1576 400 240

HDK 550 / 25 945 1576 400 390

HDK 18 / 50 675 925 400 65

HDK 40 / 50 735 1190 400 78

HDK 80 / 50 790 1290 400 104

HDK 120 / 50 786 1489 400 113

HDK 160 / 50 815 1489 400 153

HDK 210 / 50 840 1484 400 182

HDK 360 / 50 890 1576 400 240

HDK 550 / 50 945 1576 400 390

121
Zander

HDK-MT Series High

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  HDK-MT


Pressure Compressed Air
Dryers (100 and 350 Bar)
For applications requiring high pressure
compressed air or nitrogen gas up to 350
bar with volume flows of up to 1180m³/h and
pressure dew points down to -40°C.
Parker Zander HDK-MT series high pressure dryers are designed
for applications requiring high pressure compressed air or
nitrogen gas up to 350 bar.
The patent protected HDK-MT concept is unique in its compact
design. HDK-MT combines a vibration resistant, torsion rigid
dryer unit, made of high precision vessel pipes and valve blocks,
with a pre-stressed filling of highly active desiccant beads.
HDK-MT dryers come mounted with GH series filters,
incorporating tie-rod fixed filter elements, which provide almost
no target for torsional forces and abrasion. This provides a safe,
reliable, and robust operation under pressure variations and
constant vibration, typical for discontinuous operation in high
pressure ranges.
The choice of corrosion resistant materials, like the hard coated
aluminium valve blocks, seamless vessels and stainless steel
fittings make HDK-MT series dryers ideally suited for harsh
environments.
Compact and robust in design HDK-MT dryers are ideally suited
for installations in tight spaces, like compressor skids, as well
as installations on ships, platforms, and in containers.
HDK-MT SERIES

W D

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 122


Technical Data

Capacity1 Connection Pressure


Model Part Number
m³/h DIN ISO 228 bar max.
COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  HDK-MT

HDK-MT 15 / 100 120 G1/2 100 H15/100D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 20 / 100 180 G1/2 100 H20/100D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 25 / 100 240 G1/2 100 H25/100D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 30 / 100 300 G1/2 100 H30/100D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 40 / 100 400 G3/4 100 H40/100D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 50 / 100 520 G3/4 100 H50/100D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 70 / 100 650 G3/4 100 H70/100D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 15 / 350 200 G1/2 350 H15/350D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 20 / 350 300 G1/2 350 H20/350D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 25 / 350 400 G1/2 350 H25/350D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 30 / 350 500 G3/4 350 H30/350D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 40 / 350 780 G3/4 350 H40/350D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 50 / 350 940 G3/4 350 H50/350D2-G230MT

HDK-MT 70 / 350 1180 G3/4 350 H70/350D2-G230MT

1
Calculated at 1 bar (abs.) and 20 °C, compressed to nominal pressure and 35 °C inlet temperature for pressure dewpoint - 40 °C
Higher capacities, operating pressures, inlet temperatures or lower pressure dewpoints on request.

Correction Factors – Temperature (HDK-MT 100 bar)


Temperature °C 30 35 40 45 50 55

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.29 1.67 2.08 2.68

Correction Factors – Pressure (HDK-MT 100 bar)


Pressure bar g 50 75 100

Correction Factor 2.00 1.33 1.00

Correction Factors – Temperature (HDK-MT 350 bar)


Temperature °C 30 35 40 45 50 55

Correction Factor 1.00 1.00 1.32 1.68 2.15 2.8

Correction Factors – Pressure (HDK-MT 350 bar)


Temperature bar g 100 150 200 250 300 350

Correction Factor 3.57 2.33 1.75 1.41 1.16 1.00

123
Weights and Dimensions
Dimensions (mm)
Model Weight (kg)
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D)

COMPRESSED AIR REGENERATIVE DESICCANT DRYERS  HDK-MT


HDK-MT 15 / 100 700 1050 370 160

HDK-MT 20 / 100 700 1250 370 180

HDK-MT 25 / 100 700 1450 370 200

HDK-MT 30 / 100 700 1650 370 220

HDK-MT 40 / 100 770 1650 370 240

HDK-MT 50 / 100 770 1850 450 260

HDK-MT 70 / 100 770 2075 450 280

HDK-MT 15 / 350 700 1050 370 190

HDK-MT 20 / 350 700 1250 370 220

HDK-MT 25 / 350 700 1450 370 250

HDK-MT 30 / 350 700 1650 370 280

HDK-MT 40 / 350 770 1650 370 310

HDK-MT 50 / 350 770 1850 450 340

HDK-MT 70 / 350 770 2075 450 380

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 124


COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION
Compressed

COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION


Breathing Air
Purification
Parker is the industry leader in compressed breathing air
purification – we’ve been providing effective protection
from harmful substances for more than 30 years.
Parker compressed breathing air purification products meet all European
Pharmacopoeia and other international breathing air standards.

Please see Appendix on page 193 for


International Breathing Air Standards
Breathing Air Purifiers
COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION  BREATHING AIR PURIFIERS WITHOUT CO/CO2

without CO/CO2
BAF010 – BAF015
The Parker domnick hunter BAF010 and BAF015 two stage point-
of-use breathing air filter sets combine high efficiency coalescing
pre-filtration with activated carbon oil odour and vapour removal
filtration. These filter sets include a pressure regulator/gauge
to allow airline pressure adjustment to users’ requirements and
mounting brackets for ease of installation.

BAP015
To facilitate breathing air applications for three personnel, the
Parker domnick hunter BAP015 is a portable breathable air
purification package consisting of a high efficiency coalescing
filter and an activated carbon filter to remove oil vapour and
odours. These sets include a pressure regulator/gauge, all
mounted in a lightweight, stable framework.

BAS-2010
The Parker domnick hunter BAS-2010 is a very robust and
weatherproof portable breathing air purifier. Consisting of
a high efficiency coalescing filter and an activated carbon
filter to remove oil vapour and odours, this purifier includes
a pressure regulator/gauge and can facilitate up to four
users simultaneously.

BAS-3015
The Parker domnick hunter BAS-3015 is a portable breathing air
purifier housed in a compact, weatherproof, impact resistant case.
Consisting of a general purpose pre-filter, a high efficiency
coalescing filter and an activated carbon filter to remove oil
vapour and odours, this purifier includes a pressure regulator/
gauge and can facilitate up to fi ve users simultaneously. The
BAS-3015 is also available with an optional CO monitor.

Diagrams:
BAF010-015

BAP015

H
H

D W

W D

127
Diagrams:
BAS-2010

BAS-3015

COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION  BREATHING AIR PURIFIERS WITHOUT CO/CO2


H

H
D W D W

Solid Particles  Water Aerosols 


To reduce the Oil Aerosols  Water Vapour X
following
Oil Vapour  Carbon Monoxide X
contaminants
Odours and Fumes  Carbon Dioxide X

Technical Specifications BAF010, BAF015, BAS3015,


BAS2010, BAP015

Max. 10 bar g (145 psi g)


Operation Pressure
Min. 4 bar g (58 psi g)

Max. 30°C (86°F)


Recommended Operating Temperature
Min. 1.5°C (35°F)

Corrections Factors

Line bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145

Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1 0.89 0.80 0.73

Flow Rates
Connections Flow Rate @ 7 bar g (100 psi g)
Model Inlet
Inlet Outlet L/s cfm

BAF010 ¼ 6 13

BAF015 13 27

BAS2010* ½" Hose safety coupler 4x G¼ 10 21

BAS3015* ½" Hose safety coupler 5x G¼ 20 42

BAP015* ½" Hose safety coupler 3x 20 42

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions Weight
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) (approx.)

mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

BAF010 343 13.5 207 8.15 136 5.35 1.4 3.1

BAF015 436 17.2 224 8.82 144 5.67 1.9 4.2

BAS2010* 410 16.2 460 18.1 246 9.7 8 18

BAS3015* 470 18.5 600 11.8 300 23.6 10 22

BAP015* 380 15 380 15 272 10.7 5.45 12

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 128


Breathing Air Purifiers
COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION  BREATHING AIR PURIFIERS WITH CO/CO2

with CO/CO2
BAC-4015
The Parker domnick hunter BAC-4015 is a fully pneumatic, portable
breathing air purifier designed to provide complete protection for
up to four personnel. Five purification stages will ensure the highest
quality air that is free from particulate dusts, vapours, odours,
carbon dioxide (CO 2) and carbon monoxide (CO). The flow rate
is easily adjustable from a pressure regulator and monitored
by inlet/outlet pressure gauges on the front facia.
The BAC-4015 is housed in an extremely strong and robust lockable
case for total security.

BA-DME012-080E
The Parker domnick hunter BA-DME range of breathing air purifiers
is ideal for point-of-use multiple personnel protection at medium
flow rates. At the inlet, a general purpose filter removes particles,
dirt and aerosols, followed immediately by a second stage high
efficiency coalescing filter to reduce oil and water content and a
third stage activated carbon filter to remove oil vapour and odours.
The fourth stage adsorption dryer reduces the water vapour content
of the compressed air (to -40°C pdp) and CO2, NO and NO2 levels to
below the legal permissible limits. Downstream of the adsorption
dryer, a catalyst converts carbon monoxide to carbon dioxide, again,
to below the legal limits. A final dust filter captures any particulates
carried over from the adsorption materials.

Diagrams:
BAC-4015

D W W
BA-DME012-030

BA-DME040
H

D W D W

129
Diagrams:
BA-DME050-060

BA-DME050-060

COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION  BREATHING AIR PURIFIERS WITH CO/CO2


H

H
W D W D

Solid Particles  Water Aerosols 


To reduce the Oil Aerosols  Water Vapour 
following
Oil Vapour  Carbon Monoxide 
contaminants
Odours and Fumes  Carbon Dioxide 

Technical Specifications

Min. Operating Max. Operating Min. Operating Max. Operating Electrical


Thread Noise Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temp Temp supply
Connections
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F (standard) dB (A)

BAC 4015 4 58 10 145 5 41 30 86 Pneumatic BSPP <75

BA DME-012E - BA DME-040E 4 58 16 232 5 41 30 86 230v/1ph/50Hz BSPP <75

BA DME-050E - BA DME-080E 4 58 13 188 5 41 30 86 230v/1ph/50Hz BSPP <75

For flow rates at other pressures, apply the factor shown

Correction Factors

MODELS 012E -
040E only

Line bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 1.60 1.33 1.14 1 0.89 0.80 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57 0.54 0.5 0.47

Flow Rates

Connections Flow Rate @ 7 bar g (100 psi g)

Model Inlet Outlet


Inlet Outlet
l/s cfm L/s cfm
BA-DME012E G½" G 11 24 9 19

BA-DME015E G½" G¾" 15 32 12 25

BA-DME020E G½" G¾" 20 42 15 33

BA-DME025E G½" G¾" 25 53 20 42

BA-DME030E G½" G¾" 31 65 24 52

BA-DME040E G¾" G¾" 42 88 33 70

BA-DME050E G1" G1" 50 106 40 84

BA-DME060E G1" G1" 61 130 49 104

BA-DME080E G1" G1" 83 176 66 140

BAC-4015 G½" G¼" 11 24 9 19

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 130


Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions Weight
Model Height Width Depth (approx.)
COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION  BREATHING AIR PURIFIERS WITH CO/CO2

mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

BA-DME012E 1000 93.4 578 22.8 302 12 37 81.5

BA-DME015E 1197 47.1 480 18.9 302 12 42 93

BA-DME020E 1326 52.2 480 18.9 302 12 47 104

BA-DME025E 1527 60.1 480 18.9 302 12 52 115

BA-DME030E 1693 66.7 511 20.1 302 12 57 126

BA-DME040E 1941 76.4 545 21.5 302 12 74 163

BA-DME050E 1699 66.9 400 15.8 1200 47.2 210 463

BA-DME060E 1831 72.1 400 15.8 1200 47.2 222 490

BA-DME080E 2076 81.7 745 29.3 1200 47.2 279 615

BAC-4015 752 29.6 515 20.3 272 10.7 40 88.2

131
Breathing Air Purifiers

COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION  BAM BREATHING AIR PURIFIERS


Skid mounted, six stage breathing air systems
provide purified breathing air with CO/CO2
reduction for high-capacity multiple personnel
breathing air applications.
Hazardous vapours, gases and fumes can be released at various
stages within manufacturing applications. Whether the risk is from
noxious fumes, particulate or contamination from a compressed
air system, effective respiratory protection for the user is essential.
In compressed air fed systems, ambient air is drawn into the
compressor, therefore any contaminants present in the ambient
air, plus those introduced by the compressor itself, will be present
unless removed by a purification system.
The Parker domnick hunter BAM breathing air purifiers consist of
six purification stages mounted on a portable skid for high-capacity
multiple personnel breathing air applications.
At the inlet, a water separator removes bulk water, followed
immediately by a high efficiency coalescing filter to reduce oil and
water content, an activated carbon filter then removes oil vapour
and odours. The fourth stage of purification is an adsorption
dryer that reduces the water vapour content of the compressed
air (to -40°C pdp) and CO 2 to below the legal permissible limits.
Downstream of the adsorption dryer, a catalyst converts carbon
monoxide to carbon dioxide, again, to below the legal limits. A
final dust filter captures any particulates carried over from the
adsorption materials.

Diagrams:
BAM10-70

W D

Performance Data

Pressure Dewpoint ISO 8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Water Classification

°C °F (Standard)

All Models -40 -40 Class 2

ISO 8573-1 classifications apply when the dryer is installed with the filtration supplied

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 132


Operating Data

Min Operating Max Operating Min Operating Max Operating


Electrical Supply Thread Noise Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temp Temp
(standard) Connections
COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR PURIFICATION  BAM BREATHING AIR PURIFIERS

bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F dB (A)


85 - 265 V
BAM 4 58 13 188 5 41 30 86
1ph 50/60Hz
BSPP <75

Flow Rates

Connections Flow Rate @ 7 bar g (100 psi g)

Model Inlet Outlet


Inlet Outlet
L/s cfm l/s cfm

BAM10 G2" G2" 113 240 90.4 192

BAM20 G2" G2" 170 360 136 288

BAM30 G2" G2" 213 450 170.4 360

BAM40 G2" G2" 283 600 226.4 480

BAM50 G2½" G2½" 354 750 283.2 600

BAM70 G2½" G2½" 496 1050 396.8 840

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar g (100 psi g / 0.7 MPa g) with reference to 20ºC, 1 bar a, 0% relative water vapour pressure.

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions
Weight
Model Height Width Depth (approx.)

mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

BAM10 1797 70.7 1260 49.6 1655 65.2 600 1322.8

BAM20 1797 70.7 1260 49.6 1655 65.2 700 1543.2

BAM30 2042 80.4 1260 49.6 1655 65.2 800 1763.7

BAM40 2042 80.4 1260 49.6 1655 65.2 900 1984.2

BAM50 2042 80.4 1260 49.6 1950 76.8 1100 2425.1

BAM70 2042 80.4 1260 49.6 1950 76.8 1400 3086.5

133
For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe
FOCUSED ON
REFRIGERATION AND COOLING

REFRIGERATION
AND COOLING
For over 50 years, Parker Hiross has been a leader in the
development and manufacture of refrigeration and cooling
equipment for compressed air and gas treatment.

Featuring outstanding engineering quality, advanced


energy saving technology, and low maintenance design,
our refrigeration and cooling systems have been
engineered to eliminate the risk of contamination,
whilst also reducing energy consumption and cost, and
delivering maximum up time. Overall, it means that end
users can enjoy increased productivity with greater peace
of mind, together with lower lifetime cost.

We offer a complete range of solutions for almost


every industry application. Our equipment includes
refrigeration dryers, chillers, aftercoolers and
tandem technology dryers – trusted by thousands
of customers around the world.

Hyperchill Laser
Starlette

PoleStar
REFRIGERATION AND COOLING
Antares
COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS
Compressed

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS


Air Refrigerated
Dryers
With outstanding reliability and incredible
system efficiency, our innovative refrigerated
dryers are ideal for all industrial compressed
air users.
Engineered to provide quality treatment for compressed air,
Parker refrigerated dryers combine excellent performance with
compact dimensions and weight for a superior drying solution.
Hiross

Starlette Plus-E
COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  STARLETTE PLUS-E

Small to Medium
Flow Compressed Air
Refrigeration Dryers
Starlette Plus-E refrigeration dryers ensure
effective removal of water vapour (to +3°C pdp)
from compressed air at low operating costs.
They are dual frequency ready, with volume
flows up to 600m³/h (50Hz) or 689m³/hr
(60Hz) @ 7 bar g.
Parker Hiross Starlette Plus-E Series refrigerated dryers (SPE)
are the perfect solution for the efficient removal of water vapour
from compressed air. Starlette Plus-E combines quality and
efficiency in a reliable design, providing the least impact on the
environment and operating costs.
Thanks to the highly efficient heat exchanger (E-Pack) design,
the refrigerant circuit absorbs less power and requires less
refrigerant than other comparative dryers, making Starlette
Plus-E the refrigerant dryer in the market with the lowest
running costs and the most environmentally friendly.
Starlette Plus-E is also available with the additional 'Energy
Save' feature, on models from SPE026. When equipped with the
Energy Save feature, the SPE models will save additional energy
at partial load by cycling the dryer's compressor activity and using
the cold reserve stored in the E-Pack mass to cool the inlet air.

Diagrams:
SPE014-018

D W D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

SPE +3 +37 Class 2.4.2 +7 +45 Class 2.5.2 +10 +50 Class 2.6.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

139
Technical Data
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Electrical Electrical Filter Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Supply Supply Thread

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  STARLETTE PLUS-E


(Standard) (Optional) Connections
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)

SPE 230V 1ph


2 15 16 232 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A BSPP <75
004 - 062 50Hz / 60Hz
SPE 230V 1ph
2 15 14 203 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A BSPP <75
080 - 100 50Hz / 60Hz

Flow Rates Absorbed Power

Port Inlet Flow Rate 50Hz Inlet Flow Rate 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
Model Model
Connection L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm kW kW

SPE 004 1/2 " 7 0.4 24 14 8 0.47 28 16 SPE 004 0.13 0,16

SPE 007 1/2 " 12 0.7 42 25 13 0.78 47 28 SPE 007 0.14 0,17

SPE 009 1/2 " 15 0.9 54 32 17 1.00 60 35 SPE 009 0.15 0,19

SPE 014 3/4” 23 1.4 84 49 27 1.60 96 57 SPE 014 0.15 0,18

SPE 018 3/4 " 30 1.8 108 64 34 2.07 124 73 SPE 018 0.16 0,20

SPE 026 1" 43 2.6 156 92 49 2.93 176 104 SPE 026 0.29 0,36

SPE 032 1” 53 3.2 192 113 61 3.63 218 128 SPE 032 0.30 0,37

SPE 040 1” 67 4.0 240 141 76 4.53 272 160 SPE 040 0.31 0,38

SPE 052 11/2" 87 5.2 312 184 100 6.02 361 212 SPE 052 0.46 0,56

SPE 062 11/2" 103 6.2 372 219 119 7.15 429 253 SPE 062 0.57 0,69

SPE 080 11/2" 133 8.0 480 282 154 9.25 555 327 SPE 080 0.73 0,90

SPE 100 11/2" 167 10.0 600 353 191 11.48 689 406 SPE 100 0.74 0,91

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure. For flows at other pressures, apply the correction
factors shown below.

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal to or
above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149

Correction 50z 0.83 0.83 1.00 1.30 1.61 2.00 2.33 2.38 2.50
Factor 60Hz 0.85 0.85 1.00 1.32 1.61 2.04 2.56 2.63 2.78

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature


Maximum °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction 50z 0.93 1.00 1.02 1.09 1.15 1.22 1.28


Factor 60Hz 0.96 1.00 1.06 1.11 1.18 1.25 1.33

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16


Pressure psi g 44 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 1.35 1.23 1.11 1.06 1.00 0.93 0.85 0.83 0.81 0.79 0.77 0.75 0.73 0.71

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Pressure °C +3 +5 +7
Dewpoint °F +37 +41 +45

Correction 50z 1.00 0.78 0.70


Factor 60Hz 1.00 0.79 0.72

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 140


Controller Functions
Controller Function
Power On Visual Dewpoint EST - Energy Filter Dryer Fault Relay: 4-20mA
Model
Indication Fault Display Saving Service Service Power Loss Dewpoint Dewpoint
COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  STARLETTE PLUS-E

Indication Technology Indicator Indicator Alarm Sensor Failure Re-transmission


SPE • • • On E-Saving Models • • On E-Saving Models

Recommended Filtration

Port Connection General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour


Model
BSPP Coalesing Filter Coalesing Filter Removal Filter

SPE 004 1/2 " AOP010CGFI AAP010CGFI -

SPE 007 1/2 " AOP015CGFI AAP015CGFI -

SPE 009 1/2 " AOP015CGFI AAP015CGFI -

SPE 014 3/4” AOP020DGFI AAP020DGFI -

SPE 018 3/4 " AOP020DGFI AAP020DGFI -

SPE 026 1" AOP025EGFI AAP025EGFI -

SPE 032 1” AOP025EGFI AAP025EGFI -

SPE 040 1” AOP025EGFI AAP025EGFI -

SPE 052 1 "


1/2 AOP030GGFI AAP030GGFI -

SPE 062 11/2" AOP030GGFI AAP030GGFI -

SPE 080 1 "


1/2 AOP035GGFX AAP035GGFX -

SPE 100 11/2" AOP035GGFX AAP035GGFX -

Weights and Dimensions


Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Model Width Height Depth
(kg)
(W) (H) (D)
SPE 004 300 520 400 24

SPE 007 300 520 400 24

SPE 009 300 520 400 25

SPE 014 330 580 550 35

SPE 018 330 580 550 36

SPE 026 400 650 630 46

SPE 032 400 650 630 46

SPE 040 400 650 630 47

SPE 052 400 650 630 53

SPE 062 400 650 630 55

SPE 080 450 840 780 80

SPE 100 450 840 780 80

Part Numbers

Model Timed Drain Electronic Drain Energy Saving

SPE 004 SPE004-A2301DF16TIS SPE004-A2301DF16EXS -

SPE 007 SPE007-A2301DF16TIS SPE007-A2301DF16EXS -

SPE 009 SPE009-A2301DF16TIS SPE009-A2301DF16EXS -

SPE 014 SPE014-A2301DF16TIS SPE014-A2301DF16EXS -

SPE 018 SPE018-A2301DF16TIS SPE018-A2301DF16EXS -

SPE 026 SPE026-A2301DF16TIS SPE026-A2301DF16EXS SPE026-A2301DF16EXSES

SPE 032 SPE032-A2301DF16TIS SPE032-A2301DF16EXS SPE032-A2301DF16EXSES

SPE 040 SPE040-A2301DF16TIS SPE040-A2301DF16EXS SPE040-A2301DF16EXSES

SPE 052 SPE052-A2301DF16TIS SPE052-A2301DF16EXS SPE052-A2301DF16EXSES

SPE 062 SPE062-A2301DF16TIS SPE062-A2301DF16EXS SPE062-A2301DF16EXSES

SPE 080 SPE080-A2301DF14TIS SPE080-A2301DF14EXS SPE080-A2301DF14EXSES

SPE 100 SPE100-A2301DF14TIS SPE100-A2301DF14EXS SPE100-A2301DF14EXSES

141
Hiross

High Pressure

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  STARLETTE PLUS HP


Starlette Plus Air
Refrigeration Dryers
Designed for the efficient removal of water
from compressed air in PET molding, but
also suitable for any application up to 50bar,
Starlette Plus HP (SPH) models feature
stainless steel plate heat exchangers and
stainless-steel separators and air pipes.
All units are equipped with programmable timed drain and
available in 50Hz version (60Hz on request). Low absorbed
power and low pressure drops guarantee efficient operations
and low running costs.

The refrigerant circuits utilise environmentally friendly


refrigerants (R134a) and can cope with wide operating limits
up to 50°C ambient and 65°C inlet temperature.

Diagrams:
SPH012-018
SPH004-006

H
H

W D W D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
(Standard) (Option 1) (Option 2)
°C °F °C °F °C °F

SPH +3 +37 Class 2.4.2 +7 +45 Class 2.5.2 +10 +50 Class 2.6.2

Technical Data
Max. Min. Max. Max.
Operating Air Inlet Air Inlet Ambient Electrical Electrical Noise
Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Thread Level
Model Supply Supply
Connections
(Standard) (Optional) dB(A)
bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F

SPH 230V 1ph 60Hz on


50 725 5 41 65 149 50 122 BSPT-F <55
004 - 018 50Hz request

All units fitted with timed drain. All models are air-cooled.

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 142


Flow Rates Absorbed Power kW

Port Inlet Flow Rate


Model Model kW
Connection L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  STARLETTE PLUS HP

SPH 004 1/2 " 7 0.4 25 15 SPH 004 0.17

SPH 006 1/2 " 10 0.6 37 22 SPH 006 0.17

SPH 012 1/2 " 21 1.3 75 44 SPH 012 0.25

SPH 018 1/2 " 36 2.2 131 77 SPH 018 0.57

Performances refer to air-cooled model with air suction of FAD 20°C / 1 bar A, and at the following operating conditions: air suction 25°C / 60%RH, 40 bar g working
pressure, 25°C cooling air temperature, 35°C compressed air inlet temperature and pressure dewpoint in accordance with ISO8573-1. All indicated data refers to
DIN ISO 7183. SPH supplied with refrigerant R134a. All models designed for operation up to 50 bar g. Data refers to 50Hz models.

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

°C 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Maximum Inlet
Temperature
°F 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149

Correction Factor Models 0.85 0.85 1.00 1.15 1.30 1.45 1.61 1.79 2.00

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 0.98 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.08 1.11 1.16

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

bar g 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Minimum
Inlet Pressure
psi g 218 290 363 435 508 580 653 725

Correction Factor 1.18 1.10 1.06 1.03 1.01 1.00 0.99 0.99

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

°C +3 +5 +7 +10
Pressure
Dewpoint
°F +37 +41 +45 +50

Correction Factor 1.00 0.86 0.80 0.71

Calculate Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD and select dryer from table above

Controller Functions

Controller Power On Indication Dewpoint Indication

SPH • •

143
Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions
Port Weight
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Connection
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART


SPH 004 1/2" 430 16.93 450 17.7 210 8.3 19 42

SPH 006 1/2" 430 16.93 450 17.7 210 8.3 19 42

SPH 012 1/2" 600 23.6 555 21.9 425 16.7 40 88

SPH 018 1/2" 600 23.6 555 21.9 425 16.7 42.5 94

Part Numbers

Model Part Number

SPH004 SPH004-A23015050TXS

SPH006 SPH006-A23015050TXS

SPH012 SPH012-A23015050TXS

SPH018 SPH018-A23015050TXS

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 144


Hiross

PoleStar Smart Medium to


COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART

Large Flow Compressed


Air Refrigeration Dryers
High efficiency, energy saving, refrigeration
dryers that provide low pressure drops resulting
in lower operational costs. 50 bar high pressure
and 60Hz models are available in the range.
PoleStar Smart refrigeration dryers have been designed for
the efficient removal of water from compressed air. Equipped
with the patented SmartSave energy-saving feature, PoleStar
Smart refrigeration dryers continually and precisely modulates
its mode of operation to meet prevailing operating conditions,
resulting in accurate dewpoint monitoring with corresponding
aligned power consumption.
Furthermore, indirect cost savings, reducing the hidden costs of
pressure drop are maximised by the use of a patented all-in-one
aluminium heat-exchanger-SmartPack. Here the provision of
large open channels and no interconnecting pipe-work enables
the free, un-interrupted passage of air through the dryer, resulting
in pressure drops second to none.

Diagrams:
PST 220-350
PST 120-180

H
H

W D W D
PST 1500-1800
PST 460-1200

H
H

W D W D

145
Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART


PST +3 +37 Class 2.4.2 +7 +45 Class 2.5.2 +10 +50 Class 2.6.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Electrical Electrical Noise
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Thread Level
Model Supply Supply
Connections
(Standard) (Optional) dB(A)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F

PST 120 400V 3ph BSPP and DIN


3 44 14 203 5 41 65 149 50 122 On Request <75
- 1800 50Hz Flange
PST 130 460V 3ph NPT and ANSI
3 44 14 203 5 41 65 149 50 122 On Request <75
- 1980 60Hz Flange

Flow Rates - 50Hz Models Absorbed Power kW

Port Inlet Flow Rate


Model Model kW
Connection L/s m /min
3
m3/hr cfm

PST 120 2" 200 12 720 424 PST 120 1.13

PST 140 2" 233 14 840 494 PST 140 1.14

PST 180 2" 300 18 1080 636 PST 180 1.46

PST 220 21/2" 367 22 1320 777 PST 220 1.68

PST 260 21/2" 433 26 1560 918 PST 260 2.19

PST 300 21/2" 500 30 1800 1059 PST 300 2.41

PST 350 21/2" 583 35 2100 1236 PST 350 3.06

PST 460 DN100 767 46 2760 1625 PST 460 3.14

PST 520 DN100 867 52 3120 1836 PST 520 3.54

PST 630 DN100 1050 63 3780 2225 PST 630 4.64

PST 750 DN150 1250 75 4500 2649 PST 750 5.73

PST 900 DN150 1500 90 5400 3178 PST 900 7.63

PST 1200 DN150 2000 120 7200 4238 PST 1200 8.92

PST 1500 DN200 2500 150 9000 5297 PST 1500 12.35

PST 1800 DN200 3000 180 10800 6357 PST 1800 15.96

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure. For flows at other pressures, apply the correction
factors shown below.

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal to or
above the MDC.
Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149

Correction Factor Models 0.81 0.81 1.00 1.19 1.43 1.69 2.00 2.22 2.5

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 146


CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122
COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART

Correction Factor 0.94 1.00 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.30 1.39

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Inlet Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203

Correction Factor 1.35 1.20 1.11 1.04 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.93 0.90 0.89 0.88 0.87

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Pressure °C +3 +5 +7 +10
Dewpoint °F +37 +41 +45 +50

Correction Factor 1.00 0.91 0.83 0.71

Controller Functions

Fault Relay:
Visual EST - Energy Filter Dryer 4-20mA
Power On Dewpoint Power Loss
Model Fault Saving Service Service Dewpoint
Indication Display Dewpoint Alarm
Indication Technology Indicator Indicator Re-transmission
Sensor Failure

PST • • • • • •

Recommended Filtration

Port Connection General Purpose High Efficiency Oil Vapour


Model
BSPP / DIN Coalesing Filter Coalesing Filter Removal Filter

PST 120 2" AOP040HGFX AAP040HGFX -

PST 140 2" AOP040HGFX AAP040HGFX -

PST 180 21/2" AOP045IGFX AAP045IGFX -

PST 220 21/2" AOP050IGFX AAP050IGFX -

PST 260 21/2" AOP055IGFX AAP055IGFX -

PST 300 21/2" AOP055IGFX AAP055IGFX -

PST 350 21/2" AOP055IGFX AAP055IGFX -

PST 460 DN100 AO070ODFX AO070ODFX -

PST 520 DN100 AO070ODFX AA070ODFX -

PST 630 DN100 AO070ODFX AA070ODFX -

PST 750 DN150 AO075PDFX AA075PDFX -

PST 900 DN150 AO075PDFX AA075PDFX -

PST 1200 DN150 AO080PDFX AA080PDFX -

PST 1500 DN200 AO085QDFX AA085QDFX -

PST 1800 DN200 AO085QDFX AA085QDFX -

147
Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions (mm) Weight


Model
Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) (kg)

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART


PST120 706 1.064 1.046 145

PST140 706 1.064 1.046 145

PST180 706 1.064 1.046 155

PST220 806 1.316 1.166 230

PST260 806 1.316 1.166 240

PST300 806 1.316 1.166 245

PST350 806 1.316 1.166 250

PST460 1.007 1.690 1.097 470

PST520 1.007 1.723 1.097 490

PST630 1.007 1.722 1.657 580

PST750 1.007 1.722 1.657 670

PST900 1.007 1.722 1.657 690

PST1200 1.007 2.048 1.657 830

PST1500 1.007 2.208 2.257 1.100

PST1800 1.007 2.208 2.257 1.190

Part Numbers – 50Hz Models

Air-cooled with
Model Water-cooled with Electronic Drain
Electronic Drain

PST120 PST120-A40035014EI n/a

PST140 PST140-A40035014EI n/a

PST180 PST180-A40035014EI n/a

PST220 PST220-A40035014EI PST220-W40035014EI

PST260 PST260-A40035014EI PST260-W40035014EI

PST300 PST300-A40035014EI PST300-W40035014EI

PST350 PST350-A40035014EI PST350-W40035014EI

PST460 PST460-A40035014EI PST460-W40035014EI

PST520 PST520-A40035014EI PST520-W40035014EI

PST630 PST630-A40035014EI PST630-W40035014EI

PST750 PST750-A40035014EI PST750-W40035014EI

PST900 PST900-A40035014EI PST900-W40035014EI

PST1200 PST1200-A40035014EI PST1200-W40035014EI

PST1500 PST1500-A40035014EI PST1500-W40035014EI

PST1800 PST1800-A40035014EI PST1800-W40035014EI

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 148


Part Numbers – 60Hz Models

Air-cooled with Water-cooled with


Model
Electronic Drain Electronic Drain
COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART

PST130 PST130-A46036014EI n/a

PST150 PST150-A46036014EI n/a

PST175 PST175-A46036014EI n/a

PST250 PST250-A46036014EI PST250 W46036014EI

PST280 PST280-A46036014EI PST280 W46036014EI

PST340 PST340-A46036014EI PST340 W46036014EI

PST390 PST390-A46036014EI PST390 W46036014EI

PST490 PST490-A46036014EI PST490 W46036014EI

PST560 PST560-A46036014EI PST560 W46036014EI

PST700 PST700-A46036014EI PST700 W46036014EI

PST840 PST840-A46036014EI PST840 W46036014EI

PST1020 PST1020-A46036014EI PST1020 W46036014EI

PST1320 PST1320-A46036014EI PST1320 W46036014EI

PST1650 PST1650-A46036014EI PST1650 W46036014EI

PST1980 PST1980-A46036014EI PST1980 W46036014EI

149
Hiross

High Pressure

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART HP


PoleStar Smart Air
Refrigeration Dryers
Designed for the efficient removal of water
from compressed air in PET molding, but
also suitable for any application up to 50bar,
PoleStar Smart HP (PSH) models feature
stainless steel plate heat exchangers and
stainless-steel separators and air pipes.
All units are equipped with programmable timed drain and
available in 50Hz version (60Hz on request). Low absorbed
power and low pressure drops guarantee efficient operations
and low running costs.

The refrigerant circuits utilise environmentally friendly


refrigerants (R407C) and can cope with wide operating limits
up to 50°C ambient and 65°C inlet temperature.

Diagrams:
PSH 030-090

PSH 120-230

PSH 1290-1200

H
H
H

D W D W W D

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 150


Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
(Standard) (Option 1) (Option 2)
COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART HP

°C °F °C °F °C °F

PSH +3 +37 Class 2.4.2 +7 +45 Class 2.5.2 +10 +50 Class 2.6.2

Technical Data
Max. Min. Max. Max.
Operating Air Inlet Air Inlet Ambient Electrical Electrical Noise
Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Thread Level
Model Supply Supply
Connections
(Standard) (Optional) dB(A)
bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F

230V 1ph 60Hz on


PSH 030-090 50 725 5 41 65 149 50 122 BSPT-F 55
50Hz request
BSPT-F
400V 3ph 60Hz on and 21/2”
PST 0120-1200 50 725 5 41 65 149 50 122 58
50Hz request Flange ANSI
300/600 lb

All units fitted with integral timed drain. All models are air-cooled; water cooled available from model PSH290

Flow Rates Absorbed Power kW

Port Inlet Flow Rate


Model Model kW
Connection L/s m /min
3
m3/hr cfm

PSH030 11/4" 50 3.0 180 106 PSH030 0.53

PSH045 11/4" 75 4.5 270 159 PSH045 0.55

PSH065 11/4" 108 6.5 390 230 PSH065 1.33

PSH090 11/4" 150 9 540 318 PSH090 1.37

PSH120 11/4" 200 12 720 424 PSH120 1.41

PSH160 11/4" 267 16 960 565 PSH160 1.44

PSH200 11/4" 333 20 1200 706 PSH200 1.47

PSH230 11/4" 383 23 1380 812 PSH230 1.52

PSH290 21/2" ANSI 483 29 1740 1024 PSH290 2.89

PSH380 21/2" ANSI 633 38 2280 1342 PSH380 3.18

PSH460 21/2" ANSI 767 46 2760 1625 PSH460 3.44

PSH630 21/2" ANSI 1050 63 3780 2225 PSH630 4.12

PSH800 21/2" ANSI 1333 80 4800 2825 PSH800 6.6

PSH1000 21/2" ANSI 1667 100 6000 3531 PSH1000 6.9

PSH1200 21/2" ANSI 2000 120 7200 4238 PSH1200 7.3

Performances refer to air-cooled model with air suction of FAD 20°C / 1 bar A, and the following operating conditions: air suction 25°C / 60%RH, 40 bar g working
pressure, 25°C cooling air temperature, 35°C compressed air inlet temperature and pressure dewpoint in accordance with ISO8573-1. All indicated data refers to DIN ISO
7183. All models supplied with refrigerant R407c. All models designed for operation up to 50 bar g. Data refers to 50Hz models.

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149

Correction Factor Models 0.85 0.85 1.00 1.15 1.30 1.45 1.61 1.79 2.00

151
CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART HP


Correction Factor 0.98 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.08 1.11 1.16

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Inlet Pressure psi g 218 290 363 435 508 580 653 725

Correction Factor 1.18 1.10 1.06 1.03 1.01 1.00 0.99 0.99

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Pressure °C +3 +5 +7 +10
Dewpoint °F +37 +41 +45 +50

Correction Factor 1.00 0.86 0.81 0.71

Calculate Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD and select dryer from table above

Controller Functions
Function

Model Power On Indication Digital Dewpoint Display Fault Configurable Alarm Remote Volt Free Alarm
Fault Indication Indicator Condition Values Settings Contacts

PSH • • From model PSH120 From model PSH120 From model PSH120

Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions
Port Weight
Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
Connection
mm ins mm ins mm ins kg lbs

PSH030 11/4" 945 37.20 703 27.68 562 22.13 83 183

PSH045 11/4" 945 37.20 703 27.68 562 22.13 83 183

PSH065 11/4" 945 37.20 703 27.68 562 22.13 85 187

PSH090 11/4" 945 37.20 703 27.68 562 22.13 85 187

PSH120 11/4" 1064 41.89 706 27.80 1046 41.18 152 335

PSH160 11/4" 1064 41.89 706 27.80 1046 41.18 152 335

PSH200 11/4" 1064 41.89 706 27.80 1046 41.18 152 335

PSH230 11/4" 1064 41.89 706 27.80 1046 41.18 152 335

PSH290 21/2" ANSI 1690 66.54 1007 39.65 1097 43.19 356 785

PSH380 21/2" ANSI 1690 66.54 1007 39.65 1097 43.19 356 785

PSH460 21/2" ANSI 1690 66.54 1007 39.65 1097 43.19 356 785

PSH630 21/2" ANSI 1690 66.54 1007 39.65 1657 65.24 455 1003

PSH800 21/2" ANSI 1723 67.83 1007 39.65 1657 65.24 610 1345

PSH1000 21/2" ANSI 1723 67.83 1007 39.65 1657 65.24 610 1345

PSH1200 21/2" ANSI 1723 67.83 1007 39.65 1657 65.24 610 1345

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 152


Part Numbers

Model Air-cooled Version Water-cooled Version


COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR SMART HP

PSH030 PSH030-A23015050TI n/a

PSH045 PSH045-A23015050TI n/a

PSH065 PSH065-A23015050TI n/a

PSH090 PSH090-A23015050TI n/a

PSH120 PSH120-A40035050TI n/a

PSH160 PSH160-A40035050TI n/a

PSH200 PSH200-A40035050TI n/a

PSH230 PSH230-A40035050TI n/a

PSH290 PSH290-A40035050TI PSH290-W40035050TI

PSH380 PSH380-A40035050TI PSH380-W40035050TI

PSH460 PSH460-A40035050TI PSH460-W40035050TI

PSH630 PSH630-A40035050TI PSH630-W40035050TI

PSH800 PSH800-A40035050TI PSH800-W40035050TI

PSH1000 PSH1000-A40035050TI PSH1000-W40035050TI

PSH1200 PSH1200-A40035050TI PSH1200-W40035050TI

153
Hiross

PoleStar Smart Twin Dryers

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR TWIN


Large capacity models with PoleStar Smart
technology and benefits.
The PoleStar Smart twin dryer models combine the advantages
of two individual PST refrigeration dryers operated as one single
unit to achieve larger flow rates. One of the two standard PST dryers
acts as the master controller of the twin configuration. The twin
package includes two PST units, inlet-outlet air manifolds, one
pre-filter and one master controller. All the benefits and features
of the PoleStar Smart models remain available in the twin configuration.

Diagrams:
PST1500-1800

PST2400
PST3000-3600

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 154


Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
(Standard) (Option 1) (Option 2)
COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR TWIN

°C °F °C °F °C °F

PST +3 +37 Class 2.4.2 +7 +45 Class 2.5.2 +10 +50 Class 2.6.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

Technical Data

Min. Max. Min. Max.


Max Ambient Noise
Operating Operating Operating Operating Electrical Electrical
Temperature Thread Level
Model Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Supply Supply
Connections
(Standard) (Optional)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F dB(A)
400V 3ph
PST 2400 - 3600 3 44 14 203 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A DIN Flange <75
50Hz

Flow Rates Absorbed Power kW

Port Inlet Flow Rate


Model Model kW
Connection
L/s m /min
3
m /hr
3
cfm

PST 2400 DN200 4000 240 14400 8470 PST 2400 18

PST 3000 DN250 5000 300 18000 10588 PST 3000 25

PST 3600 DN250 6000 360 21600 12705 PST 3600 32

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure. For
flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below. *Twin models supplied with master controller, electronic
integral drains, manifolds, manual valves and a class 3 coarse grade Parker Hiross pre-filter with automatic drain.

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal
to or above the MDC.

Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum Inlet °C 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149

Correction Factor Models 0.81 0.81 1.00 1.19 1.43 1.69 2.00 2.22 2.50

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature


Maximum °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 0.94 1.00 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.30 1.39

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Inlet Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203

Correction Factor 1.35 1.20 1.11 1.04 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.93 0.90 0.89 0.88 0.87

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Pressure °C +3 +5 +7 +10
Dewpoint °F +37 +41 +45 +50

Correction Factor 1.00 0.91 0.83 0.71

155
Controller Functions
Controller Function

Fault Relay:
Model Visual EST - Energy Dryer Power Loss 4-20mA

COMPRESSED AIR REFRIGERATED DRYERS  POLESTAR TWIN


Power On Dewpoint Filter Service
Fault Saving Service Dewpoint Dewpoint
Indication Display Indicator
Indication Technology Indicator Alarm Sensor Re-transmission
Failure

PST • • • • • •

Part Numbers

Model Air-cooled Version Water-cooled Version

PST2400 PST2400-A40035014EITF PST2400-W40035014EITF

PST3000 PST3000-A40035014EITF PST3000-W40035014EITF

PST3600 PST3600-A40035014EITF PST3600-W40035014EITF

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 156


COMPRESSED AIR HYBRID DRYERS
Compressed Air

COMPRESSED AIR HYBRID DRYERS


Hybrid Dryers
Parker’s Tandem Technology compressed
air hybrid dryers integrate the two classic
drying principles into a single compact
compressed air treatment package.
This unique combination of refrigeration and adsorption
boasts a reduction in energy consumption of up to 60%
against traditional heatless desiccant dryers.
Hiross

Antares Series Low Energy


COMPRESSED AIR HYBRID DRYERS  ANTARES

Tandem Technology
Compressed Air Dryer
Compact, energy efficient Tandem Technology
dryers for compressed air applications in
industrial and processing markets. Available
for volume flows up to 2040 m³/h @ 7 bar g
and dewpoints between plus 3°C to -70°C.
Parker Hiross Antares dryers with Tandem Technology are an
innovative family of compressed air dryers for volume flows from
150 to 2040 m³/h @ 7 bar g / PDP -40°C. Tandem Technology from
Parker Hiross is a further development of the standard hybrid
compressed air drying process. Compared to the conventional
hybrid compressed air treatment process which is a simple
lining-up of a refrigeration and an adsorption dryer, the Tandem
Technology goes one step further and fully integrates the two
classic drying principles in a compact compressed air treatment
package. This unique combination enables high-quality compressed
air to be provided to the end-user at low energy consumption
levels when compared to more traditional adsorption dryers.

Diagrams:

W
ATT140

ATT260 AND ATT340


ATT025 AND ATT040

ATT060 AND ATT090

W W W

H H H H

D D D D

Dryer Performance

Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010 Dewpoint ISO8573-1:2010


Model (Standard) Classification (Option 1) Classification (Option 2) Classification
°C °F (Standard) °C °F (Option 1) °C °F (Option 2)

Antares -40 -40 Class 2.2.2 -70 -100 Class 2.1.2 -20 -4 Class 2.3.2

ISO8573-1 Classifications when used with Parker domnick hunter OIL-X pre / post filtration

159
Technical Data
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
Operating Operating Operating Operating Ambient Electrical Electrical Noise
Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Thread Level
Model Supply Supply
Connections

COMPRESSED AIR HYBRID DRYERS  ANTARES


(Standard) (Optional) dB(A)
bar g psi g bar g psi g °C °F °C °F °C °F

ATT 025 230V 1ph


2 29 16 232 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A BSPP <75
- 040 50Hz
ATT 060 230V 1ph
2 29 12 174 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A BSPP <75
- 090 50Hz
ATT 090 400V 3ph
2 29 12 174 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A BSPP <75
- 140 50Hz
ATT 260 400V 3ph
4 58 12 174 5 41 65 149 50 122 N/A BSPP <75
- 340 50Hz

Flow Rates Average Power kW

Port Inlet Flow Rate


Model Model kW
Connection L/s m3/min m3/hr cfm
ATT 025 G1 42 2.5 150 88 ATT 025 0.94

ATT 040 G1 67 4 240 141 ATT 040 1.3

ATT 060 G 11/2 100 6 360 212 ATT 060 1.27

ATT 090 G 11/2 150 9 540 318 ATT 090 1.94

ATT 140 G2 233 14 840 494 ATT 140 2.01

ATT 260 G 21/2 433 26 1560 918 ATT 260 4.02

ATT 340 G 21/2 567 34 2040 1200 ATT 340 5.17

Stated flows are for operation at 7 bar (g) (102 psi g) with reference to 20°C, 1 bar (a), 0% relative water vapour pressure.
For flows at other pressures, apply the correction factors shown below.

Product Selection and Correction Factors


For correct operation, compressed air dryers must be sized using for the minimum pressure, maximum temperature and maximum flow rate of the installation.
To select a dryer, first calculate the MDC (Minimum Drying Capacity) using the formula below then select a dryer from the flow rate table above with a flow rate equal
to or above the MDC.
Minimum Drying Capacity = System Flow x CFIT x CFAT x CFP x CFD

CFIT - Correction Factor Maximum Inlet Temperature

Maximum °C 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Inlet
Temperature °F 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149

Correction Factor 025 - 340 0.82 0.82 1.00 1.23 1.45 1.69 1.92 2.17 2.50

CFAT - Correction Factor Maximum Ambient Temperature

Maximum °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Ambient
Temperature °F 68 77 86 95 104 113 122

Correction Factor 025 - 060 0.95 1.00 1.06 1.14 1.23 1.33 1.47

Correction Factor 090 - 340 0.94 1.00 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.30 1.39

CFP - Correction Factor Minimum Inlet Pressure

Minimum bar g 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Inlet
Pressure psi g 58 73 87 100 116 131 145 160 174 189 203 218 232

Correction Factor 025 - 040 1.61 1.33 1.15 1.00 0.93 0.83 0.78 0.75 0.71 0.69 0.67 0.65 0.63

Correction Factor 060 - 340 1.61 1.33 1.15 1.00 0.93 0.83 0.78 0.75 0.71 N/A N/A N/A N/A

CFD - Correction Factor Dewpoint

Pressure °C -20 -40 -70


Dewpoint °F -4 -40 -100

Correction Factor 1 1 1

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 160


Controller Functions

Fault Relay:
Visual EST - Energy Filter Dryer 4-20mA
Model Power On Dewpoint Power Loss
Fault Saving Service Service Dewpoint
Indication Display Dewpoint Alarm Re-transmission
Indication Technology Indicator Indicator
COMPRESSED AIR HYBRID DRYERS  ANTARES

Sensor Failure
ATT • • • • • •

Included Filtration

Port Refrigeration Circuit Pre-filter Desiccant Pre-filter Desiccant After-filter


Model
Connection "Oil/Water and Particulate" "Oil/Water-aerosol and Particulate" "particulate"

ATT 025 G1 GL9ZLP GL9XLP GL9ZLP

ATT 040 G1 GL11ZLP GL11XLP GL11ZLP

ATT 060 G 11/2 GL11ZLP GL11XLP GL11ZLP

ATT 090 G 11/2 GL12ZLP GL12XLP GL12ZLP

ATT 140 G2 GL14ZLP GL14XLP GL14ZLP

ATT 260 G 21/2 GL19ZLP GL19XLP GL19ZLP

ATT 340 G 21/2 GL19ZLP GL19XLP GL19ZLP

Weights and Dimensions

Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Weight


Model
mm mm mm (kg)

ATT 025 706 1064 1246 180

ATT 040 706 1064 1246 200

ATT 060 806 1214 1416 295

ATT 090 806 1214 1416 335

ATT 140 1007 1586 1345 490

ATT 260 1007 1720 2535 880

ATT 340 1007 1720 2535 950

Part Numbers

Model Standard Configuration By-pass

ATT025 ATT025-A23015016TI n/a

ATT040 ATT040-A23015016TI n/a

ATT060 ATT060-A23015012TI ATT060-A23015012TITB

ATT090 ATT090-A23015012TI ATT090-A23015012TITB

ATT140 ATT140-A40035012EI ATT140-A40035012EITB

ATT260 ATT260-A40035012EI ATT260-A40035012EITB

ATT340 ATT340-A40035012EI ATT340-A40035012EITB

161
Model Touch Screen By-pass and Touch Screen

ATT025 n/a n/a

ATT040 n/a n/a

ATT060 n/a n/a

ATT090 n/a n/a

ATT140 ATT140-A40035012EITS ATT140-A40035012EITBTS

ATT260 ATT260-A40035012EITS ATT260-A40035012EITBTS

ATT340 ATT340-A40035012EITS ATT340-A40035012EITBTS

Model External Electronic Drain External Electronic Drain and By-pass

ATT025 ATT025-A23015016EX n/a

ATT040 ATT040-A23015016EX n/a

ATT060 ATT060-A23015012EX ATT060-A23015012EXTB

ATT090 ATT090-A23015012EX ATT090-A23015012EXTB

ATT140 n/a n/a

ATT260 n/a n/a

ATT340 n/a n/a

Automatic Amb. Temp. Dependent Automatic Amb. Temp. Dependent


Model Dewpoint Setting Dewpoint Setting and By-pass

ATT060 ATT060-A23015012TITP ATT060-A23015012TITBTP

ATT090 ATT090-A23015012TITP ATT090-A23015012TITBTP

ATT140 ATT140-A40035012EITP ATT140-A40035012EITBTP

ATT260 ATT260-A40035012EITP ATT260-A40035012EITBTP

ATT340 ATT340-A40035012EITP ATT340-A40035012EITBTP

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 162


THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT
Aftercoolers
Parker’s highly effective aftercoolers
reduce maintenance costs, optimise
operations and improve the quality of
compressed air and gas systems.
Installed immediately downstream of compressors or
blowers, Parker’s range of aftercoolers eliminate over
80% of water present in the system.
Hypercool Air
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCOOL AIR COOLED AFTERCOOLER

Cooled Aftercooler
Highly efficient air cooled aftercoolers for
the removal of water vapour and cooling
of compressed air downstream from
compressors and blowers.
The Parker Hiross Hypercool range of air cooled aftercoolers
represents a cost-effective solution to easily remove water
vapour from compressed air and cool it to safe usable levels
for many industrial applications.
Hypercool air cooled aftercoolers can be used when cooling
water is not available, limiting costs and plant complexity
and will prepare the air for further filtration and drying. The
aftercoolers can be installed immediately downstream of
compressors or blowers in order to remove up to 80% of the
condensate, protecting the entire compressed air system or
production process.
A high quality aftercooler, properly sized, is an excellent
investment that can help ensure that the compressed air
system works efficiently, thereby guaranteeing the quality
of the finished product.

Diagrams:
000-014

018-038

048-075

Please note, Hypersep water separator sold separately. Please see page 14.

165
165
Technical Data
Pressure
Design Electrical Adsorbed Drop at Noise Level at
Air Flow Cooler Air
Pressure Supply Current Nominal 10m
Model Conditions

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCOOL AIR COOLED AFTERCOOLER


m3/h m3/min bar g conn. V/ph/Hz A kPa dB(A)

ADS000 36 0,6 16 "


3/4 230/1/50 0,21 24 33,2

ADS001 72 1,2 16 "


3/4 230/1/50 0,21 32 33,2

ADS003 150 2,5 16 1½" 230/1/50 0,36 16 44,1

ADS004 210 3,5 16 1½" 230/1/50 0,36 14 44,1

ADT003 150 2,5 16 1½" 400/3/50 0,27 16 44,1

ADT004 210 3,5 16 1½" 400/3/50 0,27 14 44,1

ADT006 360 9 16 1½" 400/3/50 0,29 22 54,2

ADT009 540 9 16 2" 400/3/50 0,52 13 58,5

ADT014 840 14 16 2" 400/3/50 0,95 22 62,1

ADT018 1,080 18 16 DN 80 400/3/50 1,15 18 62,6

ADT028 1,680 28 16 DN 80 400/3/50 2,70 15 70,3

ADT038 2,160 36 16 DN 100 400/3/50 2,70 16 70,3

ADT048 2,880 48 16 DN 150 400/3/50 5,40 24 73,0

ADT064 3,840 64 16 DN 150 400/3/50 5,40 26 73,0

ADT075 4,500 75 16 DN 150 400/3/50 5,40 24 73,0

Performances refer to models in standard materials, operating with clean cooler, with air at FAD 20 °C / 1 bar A, and at the following working conditions: air suction 25 °C/60 % RH,
7 bar g working pressure, 120 °C compressed air inlet temperature (for water-cooled models), temperature approach between air outlet and water inlet (water-cooled models) or
cooling air (air-cooled models) of ca. 10 °C. The performance of models with non standard materials may differ from those quoted above.

Weights and Dimensions

Dimensions
(mm) Weight
Model
A B C D (kg)

ADS000 360 794 216 475 14,0

ADS001 430 895 277 545 17

ADS003 550 1.140 303 715 31

ADS004 550 1.140 303 715 37

ADT003 550 1.140 403 715 31

ADT004 550 1.140 403 715 37

ADT006 690 1.315 455 855 58

ADT009 936 1.315 480 1.173 70

ADT014 1.036 1.551 530 1.273 106

ADT018 1.130 1.869 590 1.704 146

ADT028 1.480 1.906 628 2.054 181

ADT038 1.580 1.975 590 2.263 211

ADT048 2.870 2.239 677 3.650 391

ADT064 2.870 2.239 677 3.650 429

ADT075 2.870 2.239 677 3.650 476

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 166


Hypercool Water
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCOOL WATER COOLED AFTERCOOLER

Cooled Aftercooler
Highly efficient water cooled aftercoolers for
the removal of water vapour and cooling of
compressed air and gases downstream from
compressors and blowers.
Compressed air and gases contain high levels of liquid water
vapour. Effective water removal leads to reduced maintenance
costs, enhanced system operation and improved product quality.
Hypercool water cooled aftercoolers represent the vital first
step in this process, installed immediately downstream of
compressors or blowers they eliminate over 80% of the water
present within compressed air and gas systems.
Controlled compressed air or gas temperature is essential for
many industrial applications for efficient operation. The air or
gas temperature can be very high at the compressor outlet.
Hypercool water cooled aftercoolers can control this. They
have been specifically designed to achieve maximum cooling
at minimum cost, within a package designed to withstand the
rigors of modern industry.
The ribbed tubing design offers high heat exchange efficiency
with minimal pressure drops. Hypercool’s extensive range of
models includes those with fixed and removable aftercoolers,
high pressure configurations and versions with special
materials for any gas and water quality requirement.
A high quality aftercooler properly sized is an excellent
investment that can help ensure that the compressed air or
gas system works properly thereby guaranteeing the quality
of the finished product.

Additional models available upon request

Diagrams:
002-038 (WITH SEPARATOR STH)

022-200 (WITH SEPARATOR SFH)

$ $ $ $ $ &
$ $ & $

% & % & % & % & % % %

% % % % %
% %

%63 %63
%63 %63
%637

Please note, Hypersep water separator sold separately. Please see page 14.

167
Technical Data - Standard Version
Max.
Air Flow Cooler Connections
Pressure
Model
m3/h m3/min bar g Air Water

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCOOL WATER COOLED AFTERCOOLER


WFN002 72 1,2 16 "
3/4 3/8"

WFN004 210 3,5 16 1½" ½"

WFN007 390 6,5 16 1½" 3/4"

WFN009 540 9 16 2" 3/4"

WFN013 810 13 16 2" 3/4"

WFN018 1080 18 12 DN80 1"

WFN027 1.620 27 12 DN100 1¼"

WFN036 2.160 36 12 DN100 1¼"

WFN050 3.000 50 12 DN125 1¼"

WFN060 3.600 60 12 DN150 1¼"

WFN090 5.400 90 12 DN200 1¼"

Weights and Dimensions - Standard Version

Dimensions
(mm) Weight
Model (kg)
A B C

WFN002 720 78 - 2,5

WFN004 980 85 - 5,5

WFN007 1000 95 - 9

WFN009 1020 105 - 10,5

WFN013 1050 120 - 15

WFN018 900 95 52 13

WFN027 900 115 54 18

WFN036 900 115 54 24

WFN050 1.300 100 58 71

WFN060 1.300 100 58 89

WFN090 1.300 100 65 121

Performances refer to clean Cooler conditions with air at FAD 20°C / 1 bar A, and at the following working conditions: air suction 25°C / 60%RH, 7 bar g working pressure,
120°C compressed air inlet temperature, temperature approach between air outlet and water inlet of ca. 10°C. Maximum air inlet temperature: 200°C (for higher tempera-
tures and other gases contact Parker Sales Companies).

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 168


Technical Data - Removable Tube-bundle
Max.
Air Flow Cooler Connections
Pressure
Model
m3/h m3/min bar g Air Water
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCOOL WATER COOLED AFTERCOOLER

WRN003 180 3 16 DN50 ½"

WRN007 420 7 16 DN50 ½"

WRN011 660 11 16 DN65 "


3/4

WRN016 960 16 16 DN80 3/4"

WRN022 1.320 22 12 DN100 1"

WRN022 1.320 22 12 DN100 1"

WRN028 1.680 28 12 DN100 1"

WRN028 1.680 28 12 DN100 1"

WRN038 2.280 38 12 DN125 1¼"

WRN038 2.280 38 12 DN125 1¼"

WRN050 3.000 50 12 DN125 1¼"

WRN060 3.600 60 12 DN150

WRN090 5.400 90 12 DN200 1¼"

WRN130 7.800 130 10 DN250 1½"

WRN170 10.200 170 10 DN300 2"

WRN200 12.000 200 10 DN350 2"

WRN250 15.000 250 10 DN350 DN65

WRN350 21.000 350 10 DN450 DN80

WRN450 27.000 450 10 DN500 DN100

WRN550 33.000 550 10 DN600 DN100

Weights and Dimensions - Removable Tube-bundle

Dimensions
(mm) Weight
Model (kg)
A B C

WRN003 850 72 77 18

WRN007 1.050 72 77 20

WRN011 1.300 122 82 27

WRN016 1.300 122 92 37

WRN022 1.300 122 55 50

WRN022 1.300 122 55 50

WRN028 1.300 122 55 54

WRN028 1.300 122 55 54

WRN038 1.300 123 58 69

WRN038 1.300 123 58 69

WRN050 1.300 123 58 71

WRN060 1.300 115 58 92

WRN090 1.300 117 65 161

WRN130 1.300 116 71 194

WRN170 1.300 116 71 244

WRN200 1.300 143 71 321

WRN250 1.500 196,5 71 351

WRN350 1.500 148,5 75 400

WRN450 1.500 199,5 78 609

WRN550 1.515 200 83 931

Performances refer to clean Cooler conditions with air at FAD 20°C / 1 bar A, and at the following working conditions: air suction 25°C / 60%RH, 7 bar g working pressure,
120°C compressed air inlet temperature, temperature approach between air outlet and water inlet of ca. 10°C. Maximum air inlet temperature: 200°C (for higher
temperatures and other gases contact Parker Sales Companies).

169
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT
Production
Process Water
Chillers
The Parker heat exchanger offering is a
simple but effective solution to optimise
production processes within water
usage applications.
As the leading supplier of production process water
chillers, Parker implements innovative technology
to provide a highly efficient range of compact and
configurable fluid coolers.
Hyperchill Plus
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL WATER CHILLER

Industrial Water Chiller


Hyperchill Plus industrial water chillers are
designed to provide precise and accurate
temperature control of low viscosity
industrial cooling fluids for a wide variety
of industrial applications, with cooling
capacities from 1.7kW to 23.6kW.
Extremely compact and easy to use, Hyperchill Plus is
designed for safe and reliable operation in the most varied
working conditions, providing precise and accurate control
of low viscosity process fluid temperature.
The availability of a wide range of accessories and options
makes Hyperchill Plus a very flexible solution that fits the
needs of a wide variety of industrial applications. With a
non-ferrous hydraulic circuit, Hyperchill Plus is suitable
for cooling low viscosity cooling fluids including water and
water-glycol mixtures. Hyperchill Plus ensures stable
working conditions combined with improved efficiency and
productivity of the process. Hyperchill Plus contributes
significantly to the reduction of plant downtime and
maintenance costs due to inconsistent cooling of low
viscosity cooling fluids. Each individual Hyperchill Plus unit
is extensively tested to guarantee efficient operation and
reliability in most working conditions.

Diagrams:
ICEP 002

ICEP 003-005

H
H

W D W D
ICEP 007-010-014

ICEP 020-024

H
H

D D
W W

171
Technical Data

Compressor Abs. Power Supply


Cooling Capacity1 Protection
Model Power1 V/ph/Hz Refrigerant
(kW) Index
(kW)

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL WATER CHILLER


ICEP002-W 1,7 0,7 230/1/150 33 R407c

ICEP003-W 3,3 1,3 230/1/150 33 R407c

ICEP005-W 5,2 1,4 230/1/150 33 R407c

ICEP007-W 7,8 1,7 400/3/50 54 R407c

ICEP010-W 10,8 2,5 400/3/50 54 R407c

ICEP014-W 14,6 3,2 400/3/50 54 R407c

ICEP020-W 20,3 4,4 400/3/50 54 R407c

ICEP024-W 23,6 5,4 400/3/50 54 R407c

Technical Data – Compressor

Max Abs, Power1


Model Type Compressors/Circuits Comp.
(kW)

ICEP002-W hermetic pistons 1/1 0,7

ICEP003-W hermetic pistons 1/1 1,3

ICEP005-W hermetic pistons 1/1 1,5

ICEP007-W scroll 1/1 2,4

ICEP010-W scroll 1/1 3,8

ICEP014-W scroll 1/1 4,4

ICEP020-W scroll 1/1 5,7

ICEP024-W scroll 1/1 6,6

Technical Data – Axial Fans

Max. Abs. Power1 Fan Air Flow


Model Quantity
(kW) m3/h

ICEP002-W 1 0,07 430

ICEP003-W 1 0,12 1295

ICEP005-W 1 0,12 1295

ICEP007-W 1 0,3 3437

ICEP010-W 1 0,3 3437

ICEP014-W 1 0,4 4337

ICEP020-W 2 0,4 6878

ICEP024-W 2 0,4 6159

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 172


Technical Data – Water Cooled Version

Condenser Water Flow Condenser Connections


Model
m3/h in
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL WATER CHILLER

ICEP002-W N/A N/A

ICEP003-W N/A N/A

ICEP005-W N/A N/A

ICEP007-W N/A N/A

ICEP010-W N/A N/A

ICEP014-W 1,5 3/4"

ICEP020-W 2,1 3/4"

ICEP024-W 2,5 3/4"

Technical Data – Pump P30

Water Flow Head Pressure


Max. Abs. Power1
Model (nom/max)1 (nom/max)1
kW
m3/h m H20

ICEP002-W 0,4 0,3/1,9 35/5

ICEP003-W 0,4 0,6/1,9 33/5

ICEP005-W 0,4 0,9/1,9 26/5

ICEP007-W 0,9 1,3/4,8 30/12,8

ICEP010-W 0,9 1,8/4,8 29/12,8

ICEP014-W 1,0 2,5/6 29/21

ICEP020-W 1,3 3,4/9,6 29/17,3

ICEP024-W 1,3 4,9/9,6 28/17,3

Technical Data – Noise

Sound Pressure (axial)2


Model
dB(A)

ICEP002-W 52

ICEP003-W 52

ICEP005-W 52

ICEP007-W 53

ICEP010-W 53

ICEP014-W 50

ICEP020-W 50

ICEP024-W 50

1) at water in/out temperature 20/15°C, glycol 0%, either 25°C ambient temperature (air-cooled models) or 25°C condenser water inlet
temperature with 35°C condensing temperature (water-cooled models)
2) referred to axial fan version in free field conditions at a distance of 10m from until, measured on condenser side, 1m from ground

Weights and Dimensions

Tank Weight (water


Width Depth Height Connections Weight (axial)
Model Capacity cooled)
mm mm mm in kg
l kg

ICEP002-W 520 500 550 "


1/2 15 40 -

ICEP003-W 755 535 801 3/4" 15 80 -

ICEP005-W 755 535 801 3/4 " 22,5 85 -

ICEP007-W 756 806 1405 3/4 " 65 160 -

ICEP010-W 756 806 1405 3/4 " 65 165 -

ICEP014-W 756 806 1405 3/4 " 65 175 175

ICEP020-W 756 1206 1405 1" 100 220 220

ICEP024-W 756 1206 1405 1" 100 230 230

173
Correction Factors
Ambient
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Temperature o
C
(f1) 1,05 1,05 1,05 1,05 1 0,94 0,89 0,84 0,80

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL WATER CHILLER


Water Outlet
5 10 15 20 25
Temperature o
C
(f2) 0,76 0,87 1 1,04 1,04

Glycol
0 10 20 30 40
(in weight) %
(f3) 1 0,99 0,98 0,97 0,96

Condenser Water
20 25 30 35 40
Inlet Temp. o
C
(f4) 1,05 1 0,95 0,9 0,85

To obtain the required cooling capacity, multiply the value at nominal conditions by the above correction factors (i.e. cooling capacity = Pxf1xf2xf3xf4, where P is the cooling capacity at
the water outlet temperature of 15 °C). Hyperchill Plus, in its standard configuration, can operate up to ambient temperatures of max. 48 °C and min. 5 °C and water temperatures of
max. 30 °C inlet and min. 0 °C outlet. The above correction s are approximative: for a precise selection, always refer to the software selection programme.

Product Codes
Product Code Example: ICEP007-WATP3T0L20001

Model Cooling Capacity - Fluid To Be Cooled Condensation Power Supply Pumps Tank

Hyperchill Single pump With


ICEP Plus
xxx kW W Water A Air Axial S 230V/1Ph/50Hz P1 1,5 bar
T Tank
Single pump Without
W Water T 400V/3Ph/50Hz P3 3 bar
0 Tank

Single pump
T Tropicalised E 115V/1Ph/60Hz P5 5 bar

Air Axial
B Bioenergy
F 230V/1Ph/60Hz 00 No Pump

G 460V/3Ph/60Hz

H 380V/3Ph/60Hz

L 230V/3Ph/60Hz

X Special

Control Water Temp Low Ambient Low Water Antifreeze Fill Kit Mounted Options

Fan speed
Harting Plug
C Close control FS control (Low LW Low water A With antifreeze 0 Without fill kit P for signals
Ambient -10°C)
Low ambient Siemens
Without Ambient manual
0 No control L1 -10°C (fan step 00 No low water 0 antifreeze
1 fill kit
S Electrical
control) Components
Differential
Low ambient Ambient
L2 -20°C
2 automatic fill kit
D Dynamic set
point
Pressurised Control Panel
00 No low ambient 3 fill kit
C Cover

F Water Filter

Manual External
1 By-pass
(NO
No options
DIGIT)

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 174


Hyperchill Plus Water Range 50Hz

Hyperchill Plus Axial – Hyperchill Plus Air Axial (open hydraulic circuit with P30 pump)

Model Part Number


THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL WATER CHILLER

ICEP002-W ICEP002-WASP3T0000001

ICEP003-W ICEP003-WASP3T0000001

ICEP005-W ICEP005-WASP3T0000001

Hyperchill Plus Axial – Hyperchill Plus Air Axial (pressurised closed hydraulic circuit with P30 pump)

Model Part Number

ICEP005-W ICEP005-WASP3T0000000

ICEP007-W ICEP007-WATP3T0000000

ICEP010-W ICEP010-WATP3T0000000

ICEP014-W ICEP014-WATP3T0000000

ICEP020-W ICEP020-WATP3T0L10000

ICEP024-W ICEP024-WATP3T0L10000

Hyperchill Plus Water Cooled – Hyperchill Plus Air Axial (pressurised closed hydraulic circuit with P30 pump)

Model Part Number

ICEP014-W ICEP014-WWTP3T0000000

ICEP020-W ICEP020-WWTP3T0000000

ICEP024-W ICEP024-WWTP3T0000000

Hyperchill Plus Water Range 60Hz1

Hyperchill Plus Axial – Hyperchill Plus Air Axial (open hydraulic circuit with P30 pump)

Model Part Number

ICEP002-W ICEP002-WASP3T0000001

ICEP003-W ICEP003-WASP3T0000001

ICEP005-W ICEP005-WASP3T0000001

Hyperchill Plus Axial – Hyperchill Plus Air Axial (pressurised closed hydraulic circuit with P30 pump)

Model Part Number

ICEP005-W ICEP005-WASP3T0000000

ICEP007-W ICEP007-WATP3T0000000

ICEP010-W ICEP010-WATP3T0000000

ICEP014-W ICEP014-WATP3T0000000

ICEP020-W ICEP020-WATP3T0L10000

ICEP024-W ICEP024-WATP3T0L10000

1
ICEP002: UL compliant
ICEP003-024: UL listed

175
Hyperchill Plus Options

Hyperchill Plus Axial Options

ICEP002-W ICEP003-W ICEP005-W ICEP007-W

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL WATER CHILLER


No water tank
Water tank Standard Standard Standard Standard

Differential pressure switch Standard Standard Standard Standard

Close control n/a

Fan speed control (-10°C) – FS n/a n/a n/a

Low amb. temp. (-10°C with fan step control) – L1 n/a n/a n/a n/a
Low amb. temp. (-20°C with crankcase heater,
n/a n/a n/a
electrical cabinet heaters and fan speed control) – L2
Low water temp. (-10°C) n/a n/a n/a

Anti-freeze heating n/a n/a n/a

BioEnergy aggressive ambients n/a n/a n/a

Eyebolts Standard Standard Standard Standard

Tropicalization (53°C, without ambient fill kit) n/a n/a n/a n/a

Harting Plug

Differential dynamic set point n/a n/a n/a

Siemens electrical components (no control) On req. On req. On req. On req.

No pump

P15 pump n/a n/a n/a

P30 pump Standard Standard Standard Standard

P50 pump

Twin P30# pumps n/a n/a n/a n/a

Hyperchill Plus Axial Options

ICEP010-W ICEP014-W ICEP020-W ICEP024-W


No water tank
Water tank Standard Standard Standard Standard

Differential pressure switch Standard Standard Standard Standard

Close control

Fan speed control (-10°C) – FS

Low amb. temp. (-10°C with fan step control) – L1 n/a n/a Standard Standard
Low amb. temp. (-20°C with crankcase heater,
electrical cabinet heaters and fan speed control) – L2
Low water temp. (-10°C)

Anti-freeze heating

BioEnergy aggressive ambients

Eyebolts Standard Standard n/a n/a

Tropicalization (53°C, without ambient fill kit) n/a

Harting Plug

Differential dynamic set point

Siemens electrical components (no control) On req. On req. On req. On req.

No pump

P15 pump

P30 pump Standard Standard Standard Standard

P50 pump

Twin P30# pumps n/a n/a n/a n/a

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 176


Hyperchill Plus Kits

Hyperchill Plus Axial Kits


ICEP002-W ICEP003-W ICEP005-W ICEP007-W
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL WATER CHILLER

Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number


Fill kits – ambient
1

manual
Fill kits1 – ambient
automatic
Fill kits1 – pressurised
398H785312 398H785304
automatic

Remote control - base 398H785009 398H785009 398H785009 398H785010

Remote control -
398H785307
advanced

Wheels 398H785302 398H785301 398H785301 398H785301

Control panel cover1 398H785303

Water filter1 398H785308 398H785308 398H785308 398H785309

Manual external
398H785305 398H785305 398H785305
by-pass1

ambient manual and automatic fill kit are supplied already installed; pressurised automatic fill kit, control panel cover, water filter (from
1

mod. ICEP007) and manual external by-pass (from mod. ICEP007) can be supplied already installed or loose.

Hyperchill Plus Axial Kits


ICEP010-W ICEP014-W ICEP020-W ICEP024-W
Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
Fill kits1 – ambient
manual
Fill kits1 – ambient
automatic
Fill kits1 – pressurised
398H785304 398H785304 398H785304 398H785304
automatic

Remote control - base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010

Remote control -
398H785307 398H785307 398H785307 398H785307
advanced

Wheels 398H785301 398H785301

Control panel cover1 398H785303 398H785303 398H785303 398H785303

Water filter1 398H785309 398H785309 n/a n/a

Manual external
398H785305 398H785305 398H785306 398H785306
by-pass1
1
ambient manual and automatic fill kit are supplied already installed; pressurised automatic fill kit, control panel cover, water filter
(from mod. ICEP007) and manual external by-pass (from mod. ICEP007) can be supplied already installed or loose.

177
Hyperchill Plus

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL OIL CHILLER


Industrial Oil Chiller
Industrial oil chillers designed to provide precise
and accurate temperature control of industrial
oils and cutting fluids for a wide variety of
industrial applications, with cooling capacities
from 1.6kW to 21kW.
Extremely compact and easy to use, Hyperchill Plus is designed
for safe and reliable operation in the most varied working
conditions, providing precise and accurate control of the oil/
cutting fluid temperature.
The availability of a wide range of accessories and options makes
Hyperchill Plus a very flexible solution that fits the needs of a
wide variety of industrial applications. With a stainless steel
hydraulic circuit, Hyperchill Plus is suitable for cooling industrial
oils or cutting liquids. Hyperchill Plus ensures stable working
conditions, combined with improved efficiency and productivity
of the process. Hyperchill Plus contributes significantly to the
reduction of plant downtime and maintenance costs due to
inconsistent cooling of industrial oils and cutting liquids. Each
individual Hyperchill Plus unit is extensively tested to guarantee
efficient operation and reliability in most working conditions.

Diagrams:
ICEP 002

ICEP 003-005

H
H

W D W D
ICEP 007-010-014

ICEP 020-024
H

W D W D

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 178


Technical Data

Compressor Abs. Power Supply


Model Cooling Capacity1 kW Protection Index Refrigerant
Power1 kW V/ph/Hz
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL OIL CHILLER

ICEP002-O 1,6 0,6 230/1/50 33 R407c

ICEP003-O 3,5 1,6 230/1/50 33 R407c

ICEP005-O 4,4 1,6 230/1/50 33 R407c

ICEP007-O 7,3 1,9 400/3/50 54 R407c

ICEP010-O 9,8 2,9 400/3/50 54 R407c

ICEP014-O 13,9 3,6 400/3/50 54 R407c

ICEP020-O 18,2 4,8 400/3/50 54 R407c

ICEP024-O 21 6,0 400/3/50 54 R407c

Technical Data – Compressor

Max. Abs. Power1 Compressor


Model Type Compressors/Circuit
kW

ICEP002-O hermetic pistons 1/1 0,7

ICEP003-O hermetic pistons 1/1 1,3

ICEP005-O hermetic pistons 1/1 1,5

ICEP007-O scroll 1/1 2,4

ICEP010-O scroll 1/1 3,8

ICEP014-O scroll 1/1 4,4

ICEP020-O scroll 1/1 5,7

ICEP024-O scroll 1/1 6,6

Technical Data – Axial Fans

Max. Abs. Power1 Fan Air Flow


Model Quantity
kW m3/h

ICEP002-O 1 0,07 430

ICEP003-O 1 0,12 1295

ICEP005-O 1 0,12 1295

ICEP007-O 1 0,3 3437

ICEP010-O 1 0,3 3437

ICEP014-O 1 0,4 4337

ICEP020-O 2 0,4 6878

ICEP024-O 2 0,4 6159

179
Technical Data – Water Cooled Version

Condenser Water Flow Condenser Connections


Model
m3/h in

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL OIL CHILLER


FILTRATION & SEPARATION
ICEP002-O N/A N/A

ICEP003-O N/A N/A

ICEP005-O N/A N/A

ICEP007-O N/A N/A

ICEP010-O N/A N/A

ICEP014-O 1,5 3/4"

ICEP020-O 2,1 3/4"

ICEP024-O 2,5 3/4"

Technical Data – Noise Level

Sound Pressure (axial)2


Model
dB(A)

ICEP002-O 52

ICEP003-O 52

ICEP005-O 52

ICEP007-O 53

ICEP010-O 53

ICEP014-O 50

ICEP020-O 50

ICEP024-O 50

1
At oil in/out temperature 40/30°C, oil ISO VG 32, 32°C ambient temperature (air-cooled models) or 30°C condenser water inlet temperature with 40°C condensing temperature
(water-cooled models)
2
Referred to axial fan version in free field conditions at a distance of 10m from until, measured on condenser side, 1m from ground

Correction Factors
Ambient
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Temperature o
C
(air cooled models)
1,18 1,18 1,12 1,07 1,04 1,00 0,97 0,93
(f1)

Oil Outlet
20 25 30 35
Temperature o
C
(f2) 0,76 0,85 1 1,1

Oil Type ISO VG 10 ISO VG 22 ISO VG 32 ISO VG 46 ISO VG 68

(f3) 1,15 1,1 1 0,9 0,82

To obtain the required cooling capacity, multiply the value at nominal conditions by the above correction factors (i.e. cooling capacity = Px f1 x f2 x f3, where P is the cooling
capacity at the oil type ISO VG 32, oil outlet temperature of 30 °C, ambient conditions of 32 °C). The above correction factors are approximate: for a precise selection,
always refer to the software selection programm.

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 180


Weights and Dimensions

Connections Weight Weight


Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
in/out (axial) (water cooled)
Model
mm mm mm in kg kg
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL OIL CHILLER

ICEP002-O 520 500 550 1/2 " 30 N/A

ICEP003-O 755 535 801 3/4 " 68 N/A

ICEP005-O 755 535 801 3/4 " 70 N/A

ICEP007-O 756 806 1405 3/4 " 125 N/A

ICEP010-O 756 806 1405 3/4 " 130 N/A

ICEP014-O 756 806 1405 3/4 " 140 N/A

ICEP020-O 756 1206 1405 1" 175 175

ICEP024-O 756 1206 1405 1" 185 185

Product Codes
Product Code Example: ICEP007-OATPO0FS

Model Cooling Capacity - Fluid To Be Cooled Condensation Power Supply Pumps

Single pump
ICEP Hyperchill Plus xxx kW O Oil A Air Axial S 230V/1Ph/50Hz P1 1,5 bar
Single pump
W Water T 400V/3Ph/50Hz P3 3 bar

Single pump
T Tropicalised E 115V/1Ph/60Hz P5 5 bar

F 230V/1Ph/60Hz PO Oil pump

G 460V/3Ph/60Hz 00 No pump

H 380V/3Ph/60Hz

L 230V/3Ph/60Hz

X Special

Control Water Temp Low Ambient Options

Fan speed control


Harting Plug
C Close control FS (Low Ambient P for signals
-10°C)
Low ambient Siemens
0 No control L1 -10°C (fan step S Electrical
control) Components
Low ambient Differential
L2 -20°C
D Dynamic set point
Control Panel
00 No low ambient C Cover
(NO
No options
DIGIT)

181
Hyperchill Plus Oil Range 50Hz

Hyperchill Plus Oil Range Axial – Hyperchill Plus Air Axial Std (without pump and without tank)

Model Part Number

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL OIL CHILLER


ICEP002-O ICEP002-OAS00000

ICEP003-O ICEP003-OAS00000

ICEP005-O ICEP005-OAS00000

ICEP007-O ICEP007-OAT00000

ICEP010-O ICEP010-OAT00000

ICEP014-O ICEP014-OAT00000

ICEP020-O ICEP020-OAT000L1

ICEP024-O ICEP024-OAT000L1

Hyperchill Plus Oil Range Water Cooled – Hyperchill Plus Air Axial (pressurised closed hydraulic circuit with P30 pump)

Model Part Number


ICEP014-O ICEP014-OWT00000

ICEP020-O ICEP020-OWT00000

ICEP024-O ICEP024-OWT00000

Hyperchill Plus Oil Range 60Hz1

Hyperchill Plus Oil Range Axial – Hyperchill Plus Air Axial Std (without pump and without tank)

Model Part Number


ICEP002-O ICEP002-OAF00000

ICEP003-O ICEP003-OAF00000

ICEP005-O ICEP005-OAF00000

ICEP007-O ICEP007-OAG00000

ICEP010-O ICEP010-OAG00000

ICEP014-O ICEP014-OAG00000

ICEP020-O ICEP020-OAG000L1

ICEP024-O ICEP024-OAG000L1
1
ICEP002: UL compliant
ICEP003-024: UL listed

Hyperchill Plus Oil Range Options

Hyperchill Plus Oil Axial Options

ICEP002-O ICEP003-O ICEP005-O ICEP007-O


Oil tank n/a n/a n/a n/a
Close control n/a

Fan speed control (-10°C) – FS n/a n/a n/a

Low amb. temp. (-10°C with fan step control) – L1 n/a n/a n/a n/a

Low amb. temp. (-20°C) – L2 n/a n/a n/a

Eyebolts Standard Standard Standard Standard

Tropicalization (53°C, without ambient fill kit) n/a n/a n/a n/a

Harting Plug

Differential dynamic set point n/a n/a n/a

Siemens electrical components (no control) On req. On req. On req. On req.

No pump Standard Standard Standard Standard

Oil pump On req. On req. On req. On req.

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 182


Hyperchill Plus Oil Range Options

Hyperchill Plus Oil Axial Options

ICEP010-O ICEP014-O ICEP020-O ICEP024-O


THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL PLUS INDUSTRIAL OIL CHILLER

Oil tank n/a n/a n/a n/a


Close control

Fan speed control (-10°C) – FS

Low amb. temp. (-10°C with fan step control) – L1 n/a n/a Standard Standard

Low amb. temp. (-20°C) – L2

Eyebolts Standard Standard n/a n/a

Tropicalization (53°C, without ambient fill kit) n/a

Harting Plug

Differential dynamic set point

Siemens electrical components (no control) On req. On req. On req. On req.

No pump Standard Standard Standard Standard

Oil pump On req. On req. On req. On req.

Hyperchill Plus Oil Range Kits

Hyperchill Plus Oil Axial Kits


ICEP002-O ICEP003-O ICEP005-O ICEP007-O
Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number

Remote control - base 398H785009 398H785009 398H785009 398H785010

Remote control
398H785307
- advanced

Wheels 398H785302 398H785301 398H785301 398H785301

Control panel cover1 398H785303

1
Control panel cover can be supplied loose or already installed.

Hyperchill Plus Oil Axial Kits


ICEP010-O ICEP014-O ICEP020-O ICEP024-O
Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number

Remote control - base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010

Remote control
398H785307 398H785307 398H785307 398H785307
- advanced

Wheels 398H785301 398H785301

Control panel cover1 398H785303 398H785303 398H785303 398H785303

1
Control panel cover can be supplied loose or already installed.

183
Hyperchill Industrial

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER


Process Chiller
Extremely compact and easy to use,
Hyperchill ensures an accurate control of water
temperature. Each model is designed for safe
and reliable operation in the most varied
working conditions, thanks to the modern
technical solutions used and the availability of
a wide range of accessories and options. Each
individual Hyperchill unit is extensively tested
to guarantee efficient operation and reliability
in all working conditions.
– Hydraulic circuit: water tank, immersed evaporator, pump
with bypass provide a compact and easy to install solution
– Electronic controllers with proprietary software provide
access to all the parameters of the units and allow special
management for any specific need
– Available with remote monitoring
– Completely configurable with many options and
kits to fit many industrial applications needs
– Condenser filters
– Independent condensing plenum
– Full access and easy service design

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 184


Technical Data

Cooling Capacity1 Compressor abs. Power1 Power Supply


Model Protection Index Refrigerant
kW kW V/ph/Hz
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER

ICE029 28,1 5,7 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE039 38,2 7,7 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE046 45,2 10,1 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE057 56,4 12,3 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE076 76,0 15,4 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE090 90,2 20,3 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE116 115,5 24,9 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE150 149,2 30,8 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE183 182,3 40,1 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE230 228 51,4 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE310 309 65 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C

ICE360 360 82 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407C


1
At water in/out temperature = 20/15 °C, glycol 0 %, either 25 °C ambient temperature (air-cooled models)
or 25 °C condenser water inlet temperature with 35°C condensing temperature (water-cooled models)

Technical Data – Compressor

Max. abs. Power – 1 Comp.


Model Type Compressors / Circuit
kW

ICE029 Ermetic scroll 1/1 7,8

ICE039 Ermetic scroll 1/1 11,1

ICE046 Ermetic scroll 1/1 13,7

ICE057 Ermetic scroll 1/1 16,8

ICE076 Ermetic scroll 2/2 11,1

ICE090 Ermetic scroll 2/2 13,7

ICE116 Ermetic scroll 2/2 16,8

ICE150 Ermetic scroll 4/2 11,1

ICE183 Ermetic scroll 4/2 13,7

ICE230 Ermetic scroll 4/2 16,8

ICE310 Ermetic scroll 4/2 23,3

ICE360 Ermetic scroll 4/2 28,7

Technical Data – Axial Fans

Max. abs. Power – 1 Fan Air Flow


Model Quantity
kW m3/h

ICE029 1 0,78 9200

ICE039 2 0,61 12400

ICE046 2 0,61 12000

ICE057 3 0,61 17400

ICE076 3 0,78 25500

ICE090 3 0,78 25000

ICE116 3 0,78 26400

ICE150 2 2 47000

ICE183 2 2 46000

ICE230 3 2 66000

ICE310 4 2 88000

ICE360 4 2 88000

185
Technical Data – Centrifugal Fans

Max. abs. Power – 1 Fan Air Flow Head Pressure


Model Quantity
kW m3/h Pa

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER


ICE029 2 1,1 9200 200

ICE039 2 1,1 12400 180

ICE046 2 1,1 12000 160

ICE057 3 1,1 17400 200

ICE076 3 1,5 25500 100

ICE090 3 1,5 25000 100

ICE116 3 1,5 26400 100

ICE150 3 3 47000 180

ICE183 3 3 46000 180

ICE230 3 3 66000 130

ICE310 n/a n/a n/a n/a

ICE360 n/a n/a n/a n/a

Technical Data – Water Cooled Version

Condenser Water Flow Condenser Connections


Model
m3/h in

ICE029 2,4 1 1/4"

ICE039 4,0 1 1/4"

ICE046 5,6 1 1/4"

ICE057 8,0 1 1/4"

ICE076 11,1 1 1/4"

ICE090 11,5 1 1/4"

ICE116 16,6 1 1/4"

ICE150 19,2 1 1/4"

ICE183 31,0 1 1/4"

ICE230 33,0 1 1/2"

ICE310 n/a n/a

ICE360 n/a n/a

Technical Data – Pump P30

Max. abs. Power Water Flow (nom/max)1 Head Pressure (nom/min)1


Model
kW m3/h m H20

ICE029 1,3 4,8/9,6 27/17

ICE039 1,3 6,6/9,6 24/17

ICE046 2,3 7,8/18 28/22

ICE057 2,3 9,7/18 27/22

ICE076 2,5 13/31 23/13

ICE090 2,7 15/27 28/16

ICE116 2,7 20/27 25/16

ICE150 4,5 25/50 34/20

ICE183 4,5 30/50 32/20

ICE230 4,5 39/50 26/20

ICE310 8,4 53/90 26/19

ICE360 8,4 62/90 23/19


1
At water in/out temperature = 20/15 °C, glycol 0 %, either 25 °C ambient temperature (air-cooled models)
or 25 °C condenser water inlet temperature with 35°C condensing temperature (water-cooled models)

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 186


Technical Data – Noise Level

Sound Pressure (axial)2


Model
dB(A)
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER

ICE029 53

ICE039 52

ICE046 52

ICE057 56

ICE076 58

ICE090 58

ICE116 58

ICE150 62

ICE183 62

ICE230 64

ICE310 65

ICE360 65
2
Referred to axial fan version in free field conditions at a distance of 10m from unit, measured on condenser side, 1m from ground.

Correction Factors
Ambient Temp. o
C 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(air-cooled models)
Correction Factor (f1) 1,05 1,05 1,05 1,05 1 0,95 0,89 0,83 0,77

Water Outlet o
C 5 10 15 20 25
Temperature
Correction Factor (f2) 0,72 0,86 1 1 1

Glycol % 0 10 20 30 40 50

Correction Factor (f3) 1 0,99 0,98 0,97 0,96 0,94

Condenser Water
Inlet Temp. (water- o
C 20 25 30 35 40
cooled models)
Correction Factor (f4) 1,05 1 0,95 0,9 0,85

To obtain the required cooling capacity multiply the value at nominal conditions by the above correction factors (i.e. cooling capacity = Pxf1xf2xf3xf4,
where P is the cooling capacity at conditions (1)). Hyperchill, in its standard configuration, can operate up to ambient temperatures of max 45 °C and
min. 5 °C and water temperatures of max 30 °C inlet and min. 0 °C outlet. The above correction factors are approximative: for a precise selection
always refer to the software selection program.

Weights and Dimensions


Weight
Tank Weight Weight
Width Depth Height Connections (water
Model Capacity (axial) (centrifugal)
mm mm mm in cooled)
l kg kg
kg
ICE029 1650 744 1358 11/2" 180 380 410 380

ICE039 1650 744 1358 1 "


1/2 180 410 450 410

ICE046 1650 744 1358 11/2" 250 430 480 430

ICE057 2200 744 1358 1 "


1/2 300 520 610 520

ICE076 2200 898 1984 2" 500 800 950 800

ICE090 2200 898 1984 2" 500 900 1050 900

ICE116 2200 898 1984 2" 500 1000 1150 1000

ICE150 3000 1287 2298 21/2" 1000 1500 1700 1500

ICE183 3000 1287 2298 21/2" 1000 1800 2000 1800

ICE230 3260 1287 2298 21/2" 1000 2100 2300 2100

ICE310 4200 1500 2240 4" 400 2900 n/a n/a

ICE360 4200 1500 2240 4" 400 3100 n/a n/a

187
Hyperchill Axial – Hyperchill Air Axial Ferrous Standard Version

Model Part Number

ICE029 ICE029A4003501P30FF000000

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER


ICE039 ICE039A4003501P30FF000000

ICE046 ICE046A4003501P30FF000000

ICE057 ICE057A4003501P30FF000000

ICE076 ICE076A4003501P30FF000000

ICE090 ICE090A4003501P30FF000000

ICE116 ICE116A4003501P30FF000000

ICE150 ICE150A4003501P30FF000000

ICE183 ICE183A4003501P30FF000000

ICE230 ICE230A4003501P30FF000000

ICE310 ICE310A4003500000F00LA000

ICE360 ICE360A4003500000F00LA000

Hyperchill Centrifugal – Hyperchill Air Centrifugal Ferrous Standard Version

Model Part Number

ICE029 ICE029C4003501P30FF000000

ICE039 ICE039C4003501P30FF000000

ICE046 ICE046C4003501P30FF000000

ICE057 ICE057C4003501P30FF000000

ICE076 ICE076C4003501P30FF000000

ICE090 ICE090C4003501P30FF000000

ICE116 ICE116C4003501P30FF000000

ICE150 ICE150C4003501P30FF000000

ICE183 ICE183C4003501P30FF000000

ICE230 ICE230C4003501P30FF000000

Hyperchill Water Cooled – Hyperchill Air Centrifugal Ferrous Standard Version

Model Part Number

ICE029 ICE029W4003501P30FF000000

ICE039 ICE039W4003501P30FF000000

ICE046 ICE046W4003501P30FF000000

ICE057 ICE057W4003501P30FF000000

ICE076 ICE076W4003501P30FF000000

ICE090 ICE090W4003501P30FF000000

ICE116 ICE116W4003501P30FF000000

ICE150 ICE150W4003501P30FF000000

ICE183 ICE183W4003501P30FF000000

ICE230 ICE230W4003501P30FF000000

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 188


Hyperchill Options

Hyperchill Axial Options

ICE029 ICE039 ICE046 ICE057 ICE076 ICE090


THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER

Water tank Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard

Close control

"Non-Ferrous"

Low amb. temp. (-10°C)1

Low amb. temp. (-20°C)1,2

Low water temp. (-10°C)

Anti-freeze heating

BioEnergy aggressive ambients1

No pump

P15 pump

P30 pump Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard

P50 pump

Twin P30 pump3

Hyperchill Axial Options

ICE116 ICE150 ICE183 ICE230 ICE310 ICE360


Water tank Standard Standard Standard Standard

Close control n/a n/a

"Non-Ferrous" Not available Not available

Low amb. temp. (-10°C) 1 Standard Standard

Low amb. temp. (-20°C) 1,2


On req. On req.

Low water temp. (-10°C) On req. On req.

Anti-freeze heating On req. On req.

BioEnergy aggressive ambients1

No pump Standard Standard

P15 pump On req. On req.

P30 pump Standard Standard Standard Standard

P50 pump

Twin P30 pump3

1
Not available for centrifugal and water cooled versions
2
Low ambient temperature -20°C includes fan speed control, compressor crankcase heater and electrical panel heater
3
Twin pumps refers to 2 pumps installed in parallel within the chiller itself, with the second pump acting as a reserve for the first. The pumps are controlled automatically.

189
Hyperchill Kits

ICE029 ICE039 ICE046 ICE057


Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
Fill kits – ambient

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER


398H785054 398H785054 398H785054 398H785054
manual
Fill kits – ambient
398H785051 398H785051 398H785051 398H785051
automatic
Fill kits – pressurised
398H785055 398H785055 398H785055 398H785055
automatic

Remote control – base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010

Remote control
398H785011 398H785011 398H785011 398H785011
- advanced

Control panel cover 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089

ICE076 ICE090 ICE116 ICE150


Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
Fill kits – ambient
398H785054 398H785054 398H785054 398H785053
manual
Fill kits – ambient
398H785051 398H785051 398H785051 398H785052
automatic
Fill kits – pressurised
398H785055 398H785055 398H785055 398H785055
automatic

Remote control – base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010

Remote control
398H785011 398H785011 398H785011 398H785011
- advanced

Control panel cover 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089

ICE183 ICE230 ICE310 ICE360


Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
Fill kits – ambient
398H785053 398H785053
manual
Fill kits – ambient
398H785052 398H785052
automatic
Fill kits – pressurised
398H785055 398H785055
automatic

Remote control – base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010

Remote control
398H785011 398H785011 398H785011 398H785011
- advanced

Control panel cover 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 190


Hyperchill Laser
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL LASER INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER

Industrial Process Chiller


Ideal for the precision cooling of water
used typically in laser marking, cutting
and welding processes.
The performance of high-powered lasers depends on effective
cooling. High-powered lasers generate a significant amount
of heat that must be removed from the laser system to avoid
overheating critical components. Carbon dioxide (CO 2) lasers,
excimer lasers, ion lasers, solid-state lasers, and dye lasers
all use liquid cooling to remove excess heat. Laser liquid
cooling can help accomplish three goals:
– Maintaining a precise laser wavelength and higher
output efficiency
– Achieving desired beam quality
– Reducing thermal stress on a laser system.

Diagrams:
ICEP002

ICEP003-005
ICEP007-024

HLS029-116

191
Technical Data

Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Power Supply Protection Refrigerant


Model Capacity1 Abs. Power1 Capacity2 Abs. Power2 Index

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL LASER INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER


kW kW kW kW V/ph/Hz

HLS029 28,1 5,7 25,6 6,9 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407c

HLS039 38,2 7,7 34,0 9,4 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407c

HLS046 45,2 10,1 43,0 12,6 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407c

HLS057 56,4 12,3 52,9 15,3 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407c

HLS076 76,0 15,4 67,1 18,7 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407c

HLS090 90,2 20,3 79,9 24,2 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407c

HLS116 115,5 24,9 101,3 29,9 400/3/50 no neutral 54 R407c

Technical Data - Compressors

Max Abs, Power1


Model Type Compressors/Circuits Comp.
kW

HLS029 hermetic scroll 1/1 7,8

HLS039 hermetic scroll 1/1 11,1

HLS046 hermetic scroll 1/1 13,7

HLS057 hermetic scroll 1/1 16,8

HLS076 hermetic scroll 2/2 11,1

HLS090 hermetic scroll 2/2 13,7

HLS116 hermetic scroll 2/2 16,8

Technical Data - Axial Fans

Max. Abs. Power1 Fan Air Flow


Model Quantity
kW m3/h

HLS029 2 0,78 9200

HLS039 2 0,61 12400

HLS046 2 0,61 12000

HLS057 3 0,61 17400

HLS076 3 0,78 25500

HLS090 3 0,78 2500

HLS116 3 0,78 26400

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 192


Technical Data – Pump P30

Water Flow Head Pressure


Max. Abs. Power1
Model (nom/max)1 (nom/min)1
kW
m3/h m H20
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL LASER INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER

HLS029 1,3 4,8/9,6 27/17

HLS039 1,3 6,6/9,6 24/17

HLS046 2,3 7,8/18 28/23

HLS057 2,3 9,7/18 27/23

HLS076 2,7 13,1/27 30/18

HLS090 2,7 15,5/27 28/18

HLS116 2,7 19,8/27 25/18

Technical Data – Pump P50

Water Flow Head Pressure


Max Abs. Power
Model (nom/max)1 (nom/min)1
kW
m3/h m H20

HLS029 2,6 4,8/9 55/38

HLS039 3,1 6,6/13 48/37

HLS046 3,1 7,8/13 47/37

HLS057 3,7 9,7/13 52/46

HLS076 4,5 13,2/27 47/30

HLS090 4,5 15,5/27 45/30

HLS116 4,5 19,8/27 40/30

Technical Data - Noise

Sound Pressure (axial)


Model
dB(A)

HLS029 53

HLS039 52

HLS046 52

HLS057 56

HLS076 58

HLS090 58

HLS116 58

(1) at water inlet/outlet temperature = 20/15 °C, glycol 0 %, ambient temperature 25 °C. Net cooling capacity, without pump heat load.
(2) at water inlet/outlet temperature = 25/20 °C, glycol 0 %, ambient temperature 35 °C. Net cooling capacity, without pump heat load.

193
Correction Factors
Ambient
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Temperature o
C
(f1) 1,05 1,05 1,05 1,05 1 0,95 0,89 0,84 0,77

THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL LASER INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER


Water Outlet
5 10 15 20 25
Temperature C
o

(f2) 0,72 0,86 1 1 1

Glycol
0 10 20 30
(in weight) %
(f3) 1 0,99 0,98 0,97

To obtain the required cooling capacity multiply the value at nominal conditions by the above correction factors (i.e. cooling capacity = Pxf1xf2xf3, where P is the cooling capacity at
conditions (1). Hyperchill Laser, in its standard configuration, can operate up to ambient temperatures of max 48 °C for ICEP models, 45 °C for HLS models and min 5 °C and water
temperatures of max 30 °C inlet and min. 0 °C outlet. The above correction factors are approximative: for a precise selection always refer to the software selection program.

Weights and Dimensions

Tank
Width Depth Height Connections Weight (axial)
Model Capacity
mm mm mm in kg
l

HLS029 1650 748 1358 1" 100 321

HLS039 1650 748 1358 1¼" 100 355

HLS046 1650 748 1358 1¼" 100 375

HLS057 2200 748 1358 1½" 200 500

HLS076 2200 898 1984 2" 300 750

HLS090 2200 898 1984 2" 300 870

HLS116 2200 898 1984 2" 300 960

Product Codes
Product Code Example: ICE029A4003501P15FFC00000

Model Cooling Capacity - Condensation Power Supply Pumps Material

Single pump Ferrous with


ICE Hyperchill xxx kW A Air Axial 400350 400V/3Ph/50Hz 1P15 1,5 bar
FF tank
Hyperchill Single pump Non ferrous
HLS laser
W Water 460360 460V/3Ph/60Hz 1P30 3 bar
NF with tank

Twin pumps Stainless steel


C Centrifugal 230360 230V/3Ph/60Hz 2P30 3 bar
SS with tank

Air Axial Single pump Ferrous


B Bioenergy
xxxxxx Special 1P50 5 bar
F0 no tank

0000 No pump

Control Water Temp Low Ambient Low Water Antifreeze

C Close control LA Low ambient LW Low water A With antifreeze

Without
0 No control 00 No low ambient 00 No low water 0 antifreeze

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 194


Hyperchill Laser Range 50Hz

Model Part Number


HLS029 HLS029A4003501P30SS000000
THERMAL AND POWER MANAGEMENT  HYPERCHILL LASER INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CHILLER

HLS039 HLS039A4003501P30SSCLA000

HLS046 HLS046A4003501P30SSCLA000

HLS057 HLS057A4003501P30SSCLA000

HLS076 HLS076A4003501P30SSCLA000

HLS090 HLS090A4003501P30SSCLA000

HLS116 HLS116A4003501P30SSCLA000

Hyperchill Laser Options

HLS029 HLS039 HLS046 HLS057


Close control Standard Standard Standard

Anti-freeze heating

Low amb. temp. (-10°C) Standard Standard Standard

P30 pump Standard Standard Standard Standard

P50 pump

HLS076 HLS090 HLS116


Close control Standard Standard Standard

Anti-freeze heating

Low amb. temp. (-10°C) Standard Standard Standard

P30 pump Standard Standard Standard

P50 pump

Hyperchill Laser Kits

HLS029 HLS039 HLS046 HLS057


Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
Remote control - base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010
Remote control -
398H785011 398H785011 398H785011 398H785011
advanced
Fill kits ambient
Standard Standard Standard Standard
manual
Control panel cover 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089
Hydraulic
398H785068 398H785069 398H785069 398H785070
by-pass
Flow switch 398H785072 398H785073 398H785073 398H785074
Automatic check
398H780112 398H780113 398H780113 398H780114
valves kit

HLS076 HLS090 HLS116


Part Number Part Number Part Number
Remote control - base 398H785010 398H785010 398H785010
Remote control -
398H785011 398H785011 398H785011
advanced
Fill kits ambient
Standard Standard Standard
manual
Control panel cover 398H785089 398H785089 398H785089
Hydraulic
On Request On Request On Request
by-pass
Flow switch On Request On Request On Request
Automatic check
On Request On Request On Request
valves kit

195
For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe
APPENDIX

International Breathing Air Standards


APPENDIX

European Parker domnick hunter


Contaminants OSHA Grade D CSA Z180.1
Pharmacopoeia BA-DME/BAM Range

Pressure dewpoint of
67 ppm (= -45°C 14 ppm (= -58°C
Water - 5°C below lowest system
atmospheric dewpoint) atmospheric dewpoint)
temperature

Oil/Lubricant 5mg/m3 < 1mg/m3 0.1 mg/m3 0.003 mg/m3

Carbon Dioxide (CO2) < 1000 ppm < 500 ppm < 500 ppm < 500 ppm

Carbon Monoxide (CO) < 10 ppm <5 ppm < 5 ppm < 5 ppm

Nitrogen Oxides (NO + NO2) - - < 2 ppm < 2 ppm

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) - - < 1 ppm < 1 ppm

Metric Conversions
Pressure Flow

From To Multiply By From To Multiply By

atm bar 1.01325 CFM l/min 28.32

atm MPa 0.10132 CFM l/s 0.472

atm PSI 14.696 CFM m /h


3
1.699

bar atm 0.98692 l/min CFM 0.0353

bar MPa 0.1 l/min l/s 0.0167

bar PSI 14.504 l/min m /h


3
0.06

MPa atm 9.8692 l/s CFM 2.119

MPa bar 10 l/s l/min 60

MPa PSI 145.0 l/s m3/h 3.6

PSI atm 0.068 m3/h CFM 0.5886

PSI bar 0.0689 m3/h l/min 16.667

PSI MPa 0.00689 m /h


3
l/s 0.2777

Key: Key:
atm = atmosphere CFM = cubic feet / minute
MPa = mega pascal m3/h = cubic metre / hour
PSI = pounds / square inch l/min = litre / minute
l/s = litre / second

Length Mass

From To Multiply By From To Multiply By

ft inch 12 g kg 0.001

ft m 0.3048 g lb 0.0022

ft mm 304.8 g oz 0.0352

inch ft 0.0833 kg g 1000

inch m 0.0254 kg lb 2.205

inch mm 25.4 kg oz 35.273

m ft 3.28083 l g 453.9

m inch 39.3699 lb kg 0.4539

m mm 1000 lb oz 16

mm ft 0.00328 oz g 28.349

mm inch 0.0393 oz kg 0.0283

mm m 0.001 oz lb 0.0625

Key: Key:
ft = foot g = gram
m = metre kg = kilogram
mm = millimetre lb = pound
oz = ounce

197
APPENDIX
Volume Force

From To Multiply By From To Multiply By

ft3 gal UK 6.228 lbf kp 0.454

ft 3
gal US 7.48 lbf N 4.448

ft3 l 28.32 kp lbf 2.205

ft 3
m 3
0.0283 kp N 9.806

gal UK ft3 0.1605 N lbf 0.2248

gal UK gal US 1.2009 N kp 0.1020

gal UK l 4.546 Key:


lbf = pound force
gal UK m3 0.0045 kp = kilogram force
gal US ft3 0.1336 N = newton

gal US gal UK 0.8326

gal US l 3.785

gal US m3 0.0037

l ft3 0.0353

l gal UK 0.220

l gal US 0.264

l m3 0.001

m 3
ft 3
35.3

m3 gal UK 219.96

m3 gal US 264.17

m 3
l 1000

Key:
ft3 = cubic foot
gal UK = gallon UK
gal US = gallon US
l = litre
m3 = cubic metere

For further product information visit www.parker.com/gsfe 198


199
200
Parker Worldwide
Europe, Middle East, Africa IE – Ireland, Dublin North America
Tel: +353 (0)1 466 6370
AE – United Arab Emirates, [email protected] CA – Canada, Milton, Ontario
Dubai Tel: +1 905 693 3000
Tel: +971 4 8127100 IL – Israel
Tel: +39 02 45 19 21 US – USA, Cleveland
[email protected]
[email protected] Tel: +1 216 896 3000
AT – Austria, Wiener Neustadt
Tel: +43 (0)2622 23501-0 IT – Italy, Corsico (MI)
Tel: +39 02 45 19 21
Asia Pacific
[email protected]
[email protected] AU – Australia, Castle Hill
AT – Eastern Europe, Wiener Tel: +61 (0)2-9634 7777
Neustadt KZ – Kazakhstan, Almaty
Tel: +43 (0)2622 23501 900 Tel: +7 7273 561 000 CN – China, Shanghai
[email protected] [email protected] Tel: +86 21 2899 5000
AZ – Azerbaijan, Baku NL – The Netherlands, Oldenzaal HK – Hong Kong
Tel: +994 50 2233 458 Tel: +31 (0)541 585 000 Tel: +852 2428 8008
[email protected] [email protected]
IN – India, Mumbai
BE/LU – Belgium, Nivelles NO – Norway, Asker Tel: +91 22 6513 7081-85
Tel: +32 (0)67 280 900 Tel: +47 66 75 34 00
JP – Japan, Tokyo
[email protected] [email protected]
Tel: +81 (0)3 6408 3901
BG – Bulgaria, Sofia PL – Poland, Warsaw
KR – South Korea, Seoul
Tel: +359 2 980 1344 Tel: +48 (0)22 573 24 00
Tel: +82 2 559 0400
[email protected] [email protected]
MY – Malaysia, Shah Alam
BY – Belarus, Minsk PT – Portugal
Tel: +60 3 7849 0800
Tel: +48 (0)22 573 24 00 Tel: +351 22 999 7360
[email protected] [email protected] NZ – New Zealand, Mt Wellington
Tel: +64 9 574 1744
CH – Switzerland, Etoy RO – Romania, Bucharest
Tel: +41 (0)21 821 87 00 Tel: +40 21 252 1382 SG – Singapore
[email protected] [email protected] Tel: +65 6887 6300
CZ – Czech Republic, Klecany RU – Russia, Moscow TH – Thailand, Bangkok
Tel: +420 284 083 111 Tel: +7 495 645-2156 Tel: +662 186 7000
[email protected] [email protected] TW – Taiwan, Taipei
DE – Germany, Kaarst SE – Sweden, Spånga Tel: +886 2 2298 8987
Tel: +49 (0)2131 4016 0 Tel: +46 (0)8 59 79 50 00
[email protected] [email protected] South America
DK – Denmark, Ballerup SK – Slovakia, Banská Bystrica AR – Argentina, Buenos Aires
Tel: +45 43 56 04 00 Tel: +421 484 162 252 Tel: +54 3327 44 4129
[email protected] [email protected]
BR – Brazil, Sao Jose dos Campos
ES – Spain, Madrid SL – Slovenia, Novo Mesto Tel: +55 800 727 5374
Tel: +34 902 330 001 Tel: +386 7 337 6650
[email protected] [email protected] CL – Chile, Santiago
Tel: +56 2 623 1216
FI – Finland, Vantaa TR – Turkey, Istanbul
Tel: +358 (0)20 753 2500 Tel: +90 216 4997081 MX – Mexico, Toluca
[email protected] [email protected] Tel: +52 72 2275 4200

FR – France, Contamine s/Arve UA – Ukraine, Kiev


Tel: +33 (0)4 50 25 80 25 Tel: +48 (0)22 573 24 00
[email protected] [email protected]
GR – Greece, Athens UK – United Kingdom, Warwick
Tel: +30 210 933 6450 Tel: +44 (0)1926 317 878
European Product Information Centre
[email protected] [email protected]
Free phone: 00 800 27 27 5374
HU – Hungary, Budaörs ZA – South Africa, Kempton Park (from AT, BE, CH, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI,
Tel: +36 23 885 470 Tel: +27 (0)11 961 0700 FR, IE, IL, IS, IT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RU,
[email protected] [email protected] SE, SK, UK, ZA)

© 2018 Parker Hannifin Corporation. All rights reserved. CATPRODUCTSGSFE2018-00-EN

EMEA Product Information Centre


Free phone: 00 800 27 27 5374
(from AT, BE, CH, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, IE, IL,
IS, IT, LU, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RU, SE, SK, UK, ZA)
US Product Information Centre
Toll-free number: 1-800-27 27 537
www.parker.com/gsfe Your local authorized Parker distributor

You might also like